TIDMHSBA

RNS Number : 2814D

HSBC Holdings PLC

18 February 2020

HSBC Holdings plc

Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 2019

 
 Contents 
                                         Page 
 Introduction                               3 
 Highlights                                 3 
 Key metrics                                4 
 Pillar 3 disclosures                       5 
 Regulatory developments                    5 
 Risk management                            7 
 Capital and RWAs                          13 
 Capital management                        13 
 Own funds                                 13 
 Leverage                                  15 
 Pillar 1 minimum capital requirements 
  and RWA flow                             17 
 Minimum requirement for own funds 
  and eligible liabilities                 20 
 Pillar 2 and ICAAP                        29 
 Credit risk                               30 
 Counterparty credit risk                  62 
 Securitisation                            66 
 Market risk                               72 
 Non-financial risk                        80 
 Liquidity                                 82 
 Other risks                               86 
 Appendices 
 Appendix I - Additional tables            87 
 Appendix II - Countercyclical 
  capital buffer                          104 
 Appendix III - Asset encumbrance         105 
 Appendix IV - Summary of disclosures 
  withheld                                106 
 Other Information 
 Abbreviations                            107 
 Cautionary statement regarding 
  forward-looking statements              109 
---------------------------------------  ---- 
 Contacts                                 109 
---------------------------------------  ---- 
 

Unless the context requires otherwise, 'HSBC Holdings' means HSBC Holdings plc and 'HSBC', the 'Group', 'we', 'us' and 'our' refer to HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiaries. Within this document the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People's Republic of China is referred to as 'Hong Kong'. When used in the terms 'shareholders' equity' and 'total shareholders' equity', 'shareholders' means holders of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and those preference shares and capital securities issued by HSBC Holdings classified as equity. The abbreviations '$m' and '$bn' represent millions and billions (thousands of millions) of US dollars respectively.

 
 Tables 
 
 
                                                 Ref    Page 
 1       Key metrics (KM1/IFRS9-FL)               a      4 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Reconciliation of balance 
          sheets - financial accounting 
 2        to regulatory scope of consolidation           9 
                                                ----  ---- 
         Principal entities with 
          a different regulatory and 
          accounting scope of consolidation 
 3        (LI3)                                         10 
                                                ----  ---- 
         Differences between accounting 
          and regulatory scopes of 
          consolidation and mapping 
          of financial statement categories 
          with regulatory risk categories 
 4        (LI1)                                         11 
                                                ----  ---- 
         Main sources of differences 
          between regulatory exposure 
          amounts and carrying values 
          in financial statements 
 5        (LI2)                                   a     12 
                                                ----  ---- 
 6       Own funds disclosure                     b     13 
                                                ----  ---- 
         Leverage ratio common disclosure 
 7        (LRCom)                                 b     15 
                                                ----  ---- 
         Summary reconciliation of 
          accounting assets and leverage 
 8        ratio exposures (LRSum)                 a     16 
                                                ----  ---- 
         Leverage ratio - Split of 
          on-balance sheet exposures 
          (excluding derivatives, 
          SFTs and exempted exposures) 
 9        (LRSpl)                                 b     16 
                                                ----  ---- 
 10      Overview of RWAs (OV1)                   b     18 
                                                ----  ---- 
         RWA flow statements of credit 
          risk exposures under the 
 11       IRB approach (CR8)                            18 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         RWA flow statements of CCR 
 12       exposures under IMM (CCR7)                    19 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         RWA flow statements of market 
          risk exposures under IMA 
 13       (MR2-B)                                       19 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Key metrics of the resolution 
 14       groups (KM2)                                  20 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
 15      TLAC composition (TLAC1)                       21 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         HSBC Holdings plc creditor 
 16       ranking (TLAC3)                               22 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         HSBC UK Bank plc creditor 
 17       ranking (TLAC2)                               22 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         HSBC Bank plc creditor ranking 
 18       (TLAC2)                                       23 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         HSBC Asia Holdings Ltd creditor 
 19       ranking (TLAC3)                               23 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         The Hongkong and Shanghai 
          Banking Corporation Ltd 
 20       creditor ranking (TLAC2)                      23 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Hang Seng Bank Ltd creditor 
 21       ranking (TLAC2)                               24 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         HSBC North America Holdings 
 22       Inc. creditor ranking (TLAC3)                 24 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit risk exposure - summary 
 23       (CRB-B)                                 a     27 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit quality of exposures 
          by exposure classes and 
 24       instruments (CR1-A)                           28 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit quality of exposures 
          by industry or counterparty 
 25       types (CR1-B)                                 30 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit quality of exposures 
 26       by geography (CR1-C)                          31 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Changes in stock of general 
          and specific credit risk 
 27       adjustments (CR2-A)                           31 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Changes in stock of defaulted 
          loans and debt securities 
 28       (CR2-B)                                       32 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit quality of forborne 
 29       exposures                                     32 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit quality of performing 
          and non-performing exposures 
 30       by past due days                              33 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Collateral obtained by taking 
          possession and execution 
 31       processes                                     33 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Performing and non-performing 
 32       exposures and related provisions              34 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Amount of past due unimpaired 
          and credit-impaired exposures 
 33       by geographical region                        34 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Geographical breakdown of 
 34       exposures (CRB-C)                             35 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Concentration of exposures 
          by industry or counterparty 
 35       types (CRB-D)                                 37 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Maturity of on-balance sheet 
 36       exposures (CRB-E)                             39 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit risk mitigation techniques 
 37       - overview (CR3)                              41 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Standardised approach - 
          credit conversion factor 
          ('CCF') and credit risk 
          mitigation ('CRM') effects 
 38       (CR4)                                   b     41 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit risk mitigation techniques 
 39       - IRB and Standardised                        42 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         IRB - Effect on RWA of credit 
          derivatives used as CRM 
 40       techniques (CR7)                              42 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Standardised approach - 
          exposures by asset class 
 41       and risk weight (CR5)                   b     43 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Wholesale IRB credit risk 
 42       models                                        46 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         IRB models - estimated and 
 43       actual values (wholesale)                     47 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
 44      Retail IRB risk rating systems                 48 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         IRB models - estimated and 
 45       actual values (retail)                        50 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
 
 
         Wholesale IRB exposure - 
          back-testing of probability 
          of default (PD) per portfolio 
 46       (CR9)                                         51 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Retail IRB exposure - back-testing 
          of probability of default 
 47       (PD) per portfolio (CR9)                      53 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Analysis of counterparty 
          credit risk exposure by 
          approach (excluding centrally 
 48       cleared exposures) (CCR1)                     55 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit valuation adjustment 
 49       (CVA) capital charge (CCR2)                   56 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Standardised approach - 
          CCR exposures by regulatory 
          portfolio and risk weights 
 50       (CCR3)                                        56 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Impact of netting and collateral 
          held on exposure values 
 51       (CCR5-A)                                      56 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Composition of collateral 
 52       for CCR exposure (CCR5-B)                     56 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit derivatives exposures 
 53       (CCR6)                                        57 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Exposures to central counterparties 
 54       (CCR8)                                        57 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Securitisation exposure 
 55       - movement in the year                        59 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Securitisation - asset values 
 56       and impairments                               60 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Securitisation exposures 
          in the non-trading book 
 57       (SEC1)                                        60 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Securitisation exposures 
 58       in the trading book (SEC2)                    61 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Securitisation exposures 
          in the non-trading book 
          and associated capital requirements 
          - bank acting as originator 
          or sponsor (under the pre-existing 
 59.i     framework) (SEC3)                             61 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Securitisation exposures 
          in the non-trading book 
          and associated capital requirements 
          - bank acting as originator 
          or sponsor (under the new 
 59.ii    framework) (SEC3)                             62 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Securitisation exposures 
          in the non-trading book 
          and associated capital requirements 
          - bank acting as investor 
          (under the pre-existing 
 60.i     framework) (SEC4)                             63 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Securitisation exposures 
          in the non-trading book 
          and associated capital requirements 
          - bank acting as investor 
          (under the new framework) 
 60.ii    (SEC4)                                        63 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Market risk under standardised 
 61       approach (MR1)                                64 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
 62      Market risk under IMA (MR2-A)                  64 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         IMA values for trading portfolios 
 63       (MR3)                                         67 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Prudential valuation adjustments 
 64       (PV1)                                         69 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
 65      Operational risk RWAs                          70 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Level and components of 
          HSBC Group consolidated 
          liquidity coverage ratio 
 66       (LIQ1)                                        72 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Analysis of on-balance sheet 
          encumbered and unencumbered 
 67       assets                                        73 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Non-trading book equity 
 68       investments                                   75 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Wholesale IRB exposure - 
 69       by obligor grade                              76 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         PD, LGD, RWA and exposure 
 70       by country/territory                          77 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Retail IRB exposure - by 
 71       internal PD band                              80 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         IRB expected loss and CRAs 
 72       - by exposure class                     b     81 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Credit risk RWAs - by geographical 
 73       region                                  b     82 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Standardised exposure - 
 74       by credit quality step                  a     83 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Specialised lending on slotting 
 75       approach (CR10)                               83 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         IRB - Credit risk exposures 
          by portfolio and PD range 
 76       (CR6)                                   a     84 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Counterparty credit risk 
          - RWAs by exposure class, 
          product and geographical 
 77       region                                        90 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         IRB - CCR exposures by portfolio 
 78       and PD scale (CCR4)                           91 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Geographical distribution 
          of credit exposures relevant 
          for the calculation of the 
          countercyclical capital 
 79       buffer                                        93 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         Countercyclical capital 
 80       buffer                                        93 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
 81      A - Assets                                     94 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
 81      B - Collateral received                        94 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
         C - Encumbered assets/collateral 
          received and associated 
 81       liabilities                                   94 
------  --------------------------------------  ----  ---- 
 

The Group has adopted the EU's regulatory transitional arrangements for International Financial Reporting Standard ('IFRS') 9 Financial instruments. A number of tables in this document report under this arrangement as follows:

a. Some figures (indicated with ^) within the table have been prepared on an IFRS 9 transitional basis.

b. All figures within the table have been prepared on an IFRS 9 transitional basis.

All other tables report numbers on the basis of full adoption of IFRS 9.

 
 Introduction 
 
 
 Highlights 
 

Common equity tier 1 ('CET1') ratio further strengthened over 4Q19 to 14.7% driven by RWA reduction of $22bn

http://www.rns-pdf.londonstockexchange.com/rns/2814D_1-2020-2-17.pdf

For footnotes, see page 4.

 
 Key metrics 
 
 
 Table 1: Key metrics (KM1/IFRS9-FL) 
                                                                                        At 
                                                                 31 Dec     30 Sep     30 Jun     31 Mar     31 Dec 
 Ref*                                              Footnotes       2019       2019       2019       2019       2018 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  --------- 
        Available capital ($bn)                        1 
 1      Common equity tier 1 ('CET1') capital          ^        124.0      123.8      126.9      125.8      121.0 
        CET1 capital as if IFRS 9 transitional 
 2       arrangements had not been applied                      123.1      122.9      126.0      124.9      120.0 
                                                              ------- 
 3      Tier 1 capital                                 ^        148.4      149.7      152.8      151.8      147.1 
 4      Tier 1 capital as if IFRS 9 transitional                147.5      148.8      151.9      150.9      146.1 
         arrangements had not been applied 
 5      Total regulatory capital                       ^        172.2      175.1      178.3      177.8      173.2 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
        Total capital as if IFRS 9 transitional 
 6       arrangements had not been applied                      171.3      174.2      177.4      176.9      172.2 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
        Risk-weighted assets ('RWAs') ($bn) 
 7      Total RWAs                                              843.4      865.2      886.0      879.5      865.3 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
        Total RWAs as if IFRS 9 transitional 
 8       arrangements had not been applied                      842.9      864.7      885.5      878.9      864.7 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
        Capital ratios (%)                             1 
 9      CET1                                           ^         14.7       14.3       14.3       14.3       14.0 
        CET1 as if IFRS 9 transitional 
 10      arrangements had not been applied                       14.6       14.2       14.2       14.2       13.9 
 11     Tier 1                                         ^         17.6       17.3       17.2       17.3       17.0 
        Tier 1 as if IFRS 9 transitional 
 12      arrangements had not been applied                       17.5       17.2       17.2       17.2       16.9 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
 13     Total capital                                  ^         20.4       20.2       20.1       20.2       20.0 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
        Total capital as if IFRS 9 transitional 
 14      arrangements had not been applied                       20.3       20.1       20.0       20.1       19.9 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
        Additional CET1 buffer requirements 
         as a percentage of RWA (%) 
        Capital conservation buffer requirement                  2.50       2.50       2.50       2.50       1.88 
        Countercyclical buffer requirement                       0.61       0.69       0.68       0.67       0.56 
        Bank G-SIB and/or D-SIB additional 
         requirements                                            2.00       2.00       2.00       2.00       1.50 
        Total of bank CET1 specific buffer 
         requirements                                            5.11       5.19       5.18       5.17       3.94 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
        Total capital requirement (%)                  2 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  --------- 
        Total capital requirement                                11.0       11.0       11.0       11.0       10.9 
        CET1 available after meeting the 
         bank's minimum capital requirements                      8.5        8.1        8.1        8.1        7.9 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
        Leverage ratio                                 3 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  --------- 
        Total leverage ratio exposure measure 
 15      ($bn)                                                2,726.5    2,708.2    2,786.5    2,735.2    2,614.9 
 16     Leverage ratio (%)                             ^          5.3        5.4        5.4        5.4        5.5 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
 17     Leverage ratio as if IFRS 9 transitional                  5.3        5.4        5.3        5.4        5.5 
         arrangements had not been applied 
         (%) 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
        Liquidity Coverage Ratio ('LCR')               4 
        Total high-quality liquid assets 
         ($bn)                                                  601.4      513.2      532.8      535.4      567.2 
                                                              ------- 
        Total net cash outflow ($bn)                            400.5      378.0      391.0      374.8      368.7 
                                                              ------- 
        LCR ratio (%)                                           150.2      135.8      136.3      142.9      153.8 
-----  -----------------------------------------  ----------  -------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
 

* The references in this and subsequent tables identify the lines prescribed in the EBA template where applicable and where there is a value.

   ^    Figures have been prepared on an IFRS 9 transitional basis. 

1 Effective 30 June 2019, the capital figures and ratios are reported in accordance with the revised Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive, as implemented ('CRR II'). Prior period capital figures and ratios are reported on a Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive ('CRD IV') transitional basis.

2 Total capital requirement is defined as the sum of Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A capital requirements set by the Prudential Regulation Authority ('PRA'). Our Pillar 2A requirement at 31 December 2019, as per the PRA's Individual Capital Requirement based on a point in time assessment, was 3.0% of RWAs, of which 1.7% was met by CET1. The minimum requirements represent the total capital requirement to be met by CET1.

3 Effective 30 June 2019, the leverage ratio is calculated using the CRR II end point basis for capital. Prior period leverage ratios are calculated on the CRD IV end point basis for capital.

4 The EU's regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 'Financial instruments' in article 473a of the Capital Requirements Regulation do not apply to liquidity coverage measures. LCR is calculated as at the end of each period rather than using average values.

We have adopted the regulatory transitional arrangements, including paragraph four within article 473a of the Capital Requirements Regulation, published by the EU on 27 December 2017 for IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments'. These permit banks to add back to their capital base a proportion of the impact that IFRS 9 has upon their loan loss allowances during the first five years of use. The proportion that banks may add back starts at 95% in 2018, and reduces to 25% by 2022. The impact of IFRS 9 on loan loss allowances is defined as:

   --    the increase in loan loss allowances on day one of IFRS 9 adoption; and 

-- any subsequent increase in expected credit losses ('ECL') in the non-credit-impaired book thereafter.

The impact is calculated separately for portfolios using the standardised ('STD') and internal ratings based ('IRB') approaches and, for IRB portfolios, there is no add-back to capital unless loan loss allowances exceed regulatory 12-month expected losses.

Any add-back must be tax affected and accompanied by a recalculation of capital deduction thresholds, exposure and RWAs.

In the current period, the add-back to the capital base amounted to $1.0bn under the STD approach with a tax impact of $0.2bn and a capital deduction threshold impact of $0.1bn. This resulted in a net add-back of $0.9bn.

 
 Pillar 3 disclosures 
 

Regulatory framework for disclosure

We are supervised on a consolidated basis in the United Kingdom ('UK') by the Prudential Regulation Authority ('PRA'), which receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets capital requirements for, the Group as a whole. Individual banking subsidiaries are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set and monitor their local capital adequacy requirements. In most jurisdictions, non-banking financial subsidiaries are also subject to the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory authorities.

At the consolidated Group level, capital is calculated for prudential regulatory reporting purposes using the Basel III framework of the Basel Committee ('Basel') as implemented by the European Union ('EU') in CRR II, and in the PRA Rulebook for the UK banking industry. The regulators of Group banking entities outside the EU are at varying stages of implementation of Basel's framework, so local regulation in 2019 may have been on the basis of Basel I, II or III.

The Basel framework is structured around three 'pillars': the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirements and Pillar 2 supervisory review process are complemented by Pillar 3 market discipline. The aim of Pillar 3 is to produce disclosures that allow market participants to assess the scope of application by banks of the Basel framework and the rules in their jurisdiction, their capital condition, risk exposures and risk management processes, and hence their capital adequacy.

Our Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 2019 comprises both quantitative and qualitative information required under Pillar 3. They are made in accordance with Part Eight of CRR II and the European Banking Authority's ('EBA') guidelines on disclosure requirements. These disclosures are supplemented by specific additional requirements of the PRA and discretionary disclosures on our part.

The Pillar 3 disclosures are governed by the Group's disclosure policy framework as approved by the Group Audit Committee ('GAC'). Information relating to the rationale for withholding certain disclosures is provided in Appendix IV.

Comparatives

To give insight into movements during the year, we provide comparative figures for the previous year or period, analytical review of variances and 'flow' tables for capital requirements. In all tables where the term 'capital requirements' is used, this represents the minimum total capital charge set at 8% of RWAs by article 92 of the Capital Requirements Regulation. Table name references and row numbering in tables identify those prescribed in the relevant EBA guidelines where applicable and where there is a value.

Where disclosures have been enhanced, or are new, we do not generally restate or provide prior year comparatives. Wherever specific rows and columns in the tables prescribed by the EBA or Basel are not applicable or immaterial to our activities, we omit them and follow the same approach for comparative disclosures.

Frequency and location

We publish comprehensive Pillar 3 disclosures annually and at interim on our website www.hsbc.com, concurrently with the release of our Annual Report and Accounts and Interim Report. Quarterly earnings releases also include regulatory information in line with the guidelines on the frequency of regulatory disclosures. Pillar 3 requirements may be met by inclusion in other disclosure media. Where we adopt this approach, references are provided to the relevant pages of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019 or other locations. We continue to engage in the work of the UK authorities and industry associations to improve the transparency and comparability of UK banks' Pillar 3 disclosures.

Material risks

Pillar 3 requires all material risks to be disclosed to provide a comprehensive view of a bank's risk profile. In addition to the disclosure in this document, other information on material risks can be found on page 83 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019. This includes:

   --    Credit risk (refer to page 84 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019) 
   --    Capital and liquidity risk (refer to page 130 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019) 
   --    Market risk (refer to page 135 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019) 
   --    Resilience risk (refer to page 143 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019) 
   --    Regulatory compliance risk (refer to page 144 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019) 
   --    Financial crime and fraud risk (refer to page 145 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019) 
   --    Model risk (refer to page 146 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019) 

-- Insurance manufacturing operations risk (refer to page 146 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019)

Information on climate change risk can be found on page 22 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Capital buffers

Our geographical breakdown and institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer ('CCyB') disclosure is provided in Appendix II. The G-SIB Indicators disclosure is published annually on our website, www.hsbc.com.

Remuneration

Our remuneration policy, including the remuneration committee membership and activities, remuneration strategy and remuneration details of HSBC's Identified Staff and Material Risk Takers, is set out in the Directors' Remuneration Report on page 184 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Regulatory developments 
 

The UK's withdrawal from the EU

As a result of the decision of the referendum on 23 June 2016, the UK left the EU on 31 January 2020. In order to smooth the transition, the UK remains subject to EU law during an implementation period, which is currently expected to end on

31 December 2020. This implementation period may be extended by a further two years, subject to political agreement.

In preparation for the UK leaving without an agreement, a series of statutory instruments were made to transpose into UK law all of the EU laws and regulations that were directly applicable to UK firms on exit day. Although these statutory instruments were prepared for the UK leaving without a deal, it is anticipated that they will form the basis of the UK's regulation after the implementation period has ended; however, these may be subject to change to reflect the introduction of new EU law during the implementation period and the terms of any trade deal between the UK and the EU.

The Basel Committee

In December 2017, Basel published the Basel III Reforms. The package is broadly final, with Basel having completed a recalibration of the market risk RWA regime, the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book ('FRTB'), in January 2019. The remaining outstanding element is the revision of the calibration of the CVA framework, which Basel consulted on in November 2019.

The package aims for a 1 January 2022 implementation, with a five-year transitional provision for the output floor. This floor ensures that, at the end of the transitional period, banks' total

RWAs are no lower than 72.5% of those generated by the standardised approaches. The final standards will need to be transposed into the relevant local law before coming into effect.

We currently estimate our pre-mitigation RWAs could potentially rise in the range of 5% to 10% as at 1 January 2022 as a result of the regulatory changes. The primary drivers include changes in the market risk, operational risk and credit valuation adjustment methodologies, as well as the potential lack of equivalence for certain investments in funds. We plan to take action to substantially mitigate a significant proportion of the increase.

We estimate that there will be an additional RWA impact as a result of the output floor from 2026.

There remains a significant degree of uncertainty in the impact due to the number of national discretions within Basel's reforms, the need for further supporting technical standards to be developed and the lack of clarity regarding their implementation following the UK's withdrawal from the EU. Furthermore, the impact does not take into consideration the possibility of offsets against Pillar 2, which may arise as the shortcomings within Pillar 1 are addressed.

The Capital Requirements Regulation amendments

In June 2019, the EU enacted the final rules amending the Capital Requirements Regulation, known as the CRR II. This was the EU's implementation of the Financial Stability Board's ('FSB') requirements for Total Loss Absorbing Capacity ('TLAC'), known in Europe as the Minimum Requirement for Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities ('MREL'). Furthermore, it also included changes to the own funds regime.

The CRR II will also implement the first tranche of changes to the EU's legislation to reflect the Basel III Reforms, including the FRTB, revisions to the standardised approach for measuring counterparty risk, changes to the equity investments in funds rules and the new leverage ratio rules. The CRR II rules will follow a phased implementation with significant elements entering into force in 2021, in advance of Basel's timeline.

Since Basel's review of the calibration of the FRTB came too late to be included in the final CRR II text, the changes are being incorporated by way of a Delegated Act, which was published in near final format in December 2019. This introduces the FRTB in the EU as a reporting requirement only until a full impact assessment can be performed. Reporting on the standardised approach will begin 12 months after the enactment of the Delegated Act; whereas reporting on the modelled approaches will begin three years after enactment. A final date for the implementation of the FRTB in the EU has yet to be agreed.

The CRR II applies to HSBC's subsidiaries in the EU. In the UK, only the parts of the CRR II that are in force at the end of the Brexit implementation period will be transposed into UK law. As a result, any elements that are scheduled to enter into force after the end of the implementation period will need to be implemented separately by the UK.

The EU's implementation of the Basel III Reforms

The remaining elements of the Basel III Reforms will be implemented in the EU by a further set of amendments to the Capital Requirements Regulation ('CRR III'). In 2019, the European Commission ('EC') began consulting on the implementation of the CRR III, which will include reforms to credit risk, operational risk, and the output floor. The EC is expected to produce a draft CRR III text in the second quarter of 2020. The EU implementation will then be subject to an extensive negotiation process with the EU Council and Parliament. As a result, the final form of the rules remains unclear.

It is expected that the Brexit implementation period will have been completed before the CRR III enters into EU law. As a result, the UK will have to implement the remaining Basel III Reforms independently under UK law.

Other developments

In December 2019, the UK's Financial Policy Committee ('FPC') issued the latest Financial Stability Report. In the report, the FPC announced that it will increase the UK's countercyclical buffer from 1% to 2% on 16 December 2020, in order to give the UK more flexibility in times of future stress. It considers that the UK remains in a standard risk environment and as a result, the total loss absorbing capacity in the banking system should remain unchanged, notwithstanding the buffer increase. To this end, the PRA will consult in 2020 on proposals to reduce Pillar 2A requirements to reflect the additional resilience associated with a higher buffer.

The FPC also announced a review of IFRS9 and stress testing to ensure that there is a permanent solution to avoid unwarranted capital increases as a result of the interaction between the two. This may result in amendments to minimum capital requirements and TLAC.

In October 2019, the EBA published a consultation paper on draft guidelines concerning the carve-out of 'structural FX positions' from Pillar 1 market risk RWAs. The guidelines aim to ensure consistency in determining which positions qualify for the Pillar 1 carve out.

In July 2019, the Bank of England ('BoE') published its Resolvability Assessment Framework ('RAF'), which requires firms to develop capabilities to address eight identified barriers to resolvability. Banks are required to assess their resolvability in accordance with the BoE's criteria, submit this assessment by October 2020 and publish a summary by June 2021. Contemporaneously, the BoE will disclose its assessment of each firm's resolvability. The deadline for full compliance with the RAF framework is 1 January 2022.

In April 2019, the PRA issued statements setting out its expectations of how firms should manage the financial risks from climate change, focusing on governance, risk management, scenario analysis and disclosure areas. In particular, there is a requirement that the risk associated with climate change should be assessed and captured in firms' Pillar 2 assessments. The PRA also announced in December 2019 that the effects of climate change will be included in its 2021 stress test and are currently consulting on the form it might take.

 
 Risk management 
 
 
 Our risk management framework 
 

We use an enterprise-wide risk management framework across the organisation and across all risk types. It is underpinned by our risk culture.

The framework fosters continuous monitoring of the risk environment, and promotes risk awareness and sound operational and strategic decision making. It also ensures we have a consistent approach to monitoring, managing and mitigating the risks we accept and incur in our activities.

Further information on our risk management framework is set out on page 74 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019. The management and mitigation of principal risks facing the Group is described in our top and emerging risks on page 76 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Commentary on hedging strategies and associated processes can be found in the Market risk and Securitisation sections of this document.

Culture

HSBC has long recognised the importance of a strong culture. Our culture is reinforced by our values. It is instrumental in aligning the behaviours of individuals with our attitude to assuming and managing risk, which helps to ensure that our risk profile remains in line with our risk appetite. The fostering of a strong culture is a key responsibility of our senior executives.

Our culture is also reinforced by our approach to remuneration. Individual awards, including those for senior executives, are based on compliance with our values and the achievement of financial and non-financial objectives, which are aligned to our risk appetite and global strategy.

Further information on risk and remuneration is set out on page 207 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Risk governance

The Board has ultimate responsibility for the effective management of risk and approves our risk appetite. It is advised on risk-related matters by the Group Risk Committee ('GRC') and the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee ('FSVC'). The final meeting of the FSVC was held on 15 January 2020, with responsibility for oversight of financial crime risk transferred to the GRC, which will continue to advise the Board on risk-related matters.

The activities of the GRC and the FSVC are set out on pages 178 to 182 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Executive accountability for the ongoing monitoring, assessment and management of the risk environment, and the effectiveness of the risk management framework resides with the Group Chief Risk Officer ('CRO'). The CRO is supported by the Risk Management Meeting ('RMM') of the Group Management Board.

The management of financial crime risk resides with the Group Chief Compliance Officer ('COO'). The COO is supported by the Financial Crime Risk Management Meeting.

Further information is available on page 145 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Day-to-day responsibility for risk management is delegated to senior managers with individual accountability for decision making. These senior managers are supported by global functions. All our people have a role to play in risk management. These roles are defined using the three lines of defence model, which takes into account our business and functional structures.

We use a defined executive risk governance structure to ensure appropriate oversight and accountability for risk, which facilitates the reporting and escalation to the RMM.

Further information about the Group's three lines of defence model and executive risk governance structures is available on page 75 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Risk appetite

Risk appetite is a key component of our management of risk. It describes the type and quantum of risk that the Group is willing to accept in achieving its medium- and long-term strategic goals. At HSBC, risk appetite is managed through a global risk appetite framework and articulated in a risk appetite statement ('RAS'), which is approved biannually by the Board on the advice of the GRC.

Our risk appetite informs our strategic and financial planning process, defining the desired forward-looking risk profile of the Group. It is also integrated within other risk management tools, such as the top and emerging risks report and stress testing, to ensure consistency in risk management.

Information about our risk management tools is set out from page 73 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019. Details of the Group's overarching risk appetite are set out on page 73 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Stress testing 
 

HSBC operates a wide-ranging stress testing programme that supports our risk management and capital planning. It includes execution of stress tests mandated by our regulators. Our stress testing is supported by dedicated teams and infrastructure.

Our testing programme assesses our capital strength and enhances our resilience to external shocks. It also helps us understand and mitigate risks, and informs our decision about capital levels. As well as taking part in regulatory driven stress tests, we conduct our own internal stress tests.

The Group stress testing programme is overseen by the GRC, and results are reported, where appropriate, to the RMM and GRC.

Further information about stress testing and details of the Group's regulatory stress test results are set out on page 75 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Global Risk function 
 

We have a dedicated Global Risk function, headed by the Group Chief Risk Officer, which is responsible for the Group's risk management framework. This includes establishing global policy, monitoring risk profiles, and forward-looking risk identification and management. Global Risk is made up of sub-functions covering all risks to our operations. It is independent from the global businesses in order to provide challenge, appropriate oversight and balance in risk/return decisions. The Global Risk function operates in line with the three lines of defence model.

For further information see page 75 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Risk management and internal control 
  systems 
 

The Directors are responsible for maintaining and reviewing the effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems, and for determining the aggregate level and risk types they are willing to accept in achieving the Group's business objectives. On behalf of the Board, the GAC has responsibility for oversight of risk management and internal controls over financial reporting, and the GRC has responsibility for oversight of risk management and internal controls other than for financial reporting.

The Directors, through the GRC and the GAC received regular updates and confirmation that management has taken, or was taking, the necessary actions to remediate any failings or weaknesses identified through the operation of our framework of controls.

HSBC's key risk management and internal control procedures are described on page 173 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019, where the Report of the Directors on the effectiveness of internal controls can also be found.

 
 Risk measurement and reporting systems 
 

Our risk measurement and reporting systems are designed to help ensure that risks are comprehensively captured with all the attributes necessary to support well-founded decisions, that those attributes are accurately assessed, and that information is delivered in a timely manner for those risks to be successfully managed and mitigated.

Risk measurement and reporting systems are also subject to a governance framework designed to ensure that their build and implementation are fit for purpose and functioning appropriately. Risk information systems development is a key responsibility of the Global Risk function, while the development and operation of risk rating and management systems and processes are ultimately subject to the oversight of the Board.

We continue to invest significant resources in IT systems and processes in order to maintain and improve our risk management capabilities. Group standards govern the procurement and operation of systems used in our subsidiaries to process risk information within business lines and risk functions.

Risk measurement and reporting structures deployed at Group level are applied throughout global businesses and major operating subsidiaries through a common operating model for integrated risk management and control. This model sets out the respective responsibilities of Group, global business, region and country level risk functions in respect of risk governance and oversight, compliance risks, approval authorities and lending guidelines, global and local scorecards, management information and reporting, and relations with third parties such as regulators, rating agencies and auditors.

 
 Risk analytics and model governance 
 

The Global Risk function manages a number of analytics disciplines supporting the development and management of models, including those for risk rating, scoring, economic capital and stress testing; covering different risk types and business segments. The analytics functions formulate technical responses to industry developments and regulatory policy in the field of risk analytics, develops HSBC's global risk models, and oversees local model development and use around the Group toward our implementation targets for IRB approaches.

The Global Model Oversight Committee ('Global MOC') is the primary committee responsible for the oversight of Model Risk globally within HSBC. It serves an important role in providing strategic direction on the management of models and their associated risks to HSBC's businesses globally and is an essential element of the governance structure for model risk management. Global MOC is supported by Functional MOCs at the Global and Regional levels which are responsible for model risk management within their functional areas, including wholesale credit risk, market risk, retail risk, and finance.

The Global MOC meets regularly and reports to RMM. It is chaired by the Group CRO and membership includes the CEOs of the Global Businesses, and senior executives from Risk, Finance and global businesses. Through its oversight of the functional MOCs, it identifies emerging risks for all aspects of the risk rating system, ensuring that model risk is managed within our risk appetite statement, and formally advises RMM on any material model-related issues.

Models are also subject to an independent validation process and governance oversight by the Model Risk Management team within Global Risk. The team provides robust challenge to the modelling approaches used across the Group. It also ensures that the performance of those models is transparent and that their limitations are visible to key stakeholders. The development and use of data and models to meet local requirements are the responsibility of global businesses or functions, as well as regional and/or local entities under the governance of their own management, subject to overall Group policy and oversight.

Regulatory and other expectations continue to evolve with regards to our capability and practice of model risk management. We have benchmarked our capability against leading industry practice and are designing a new target operating model for Model Risk Management ('MRM') function, which sets model risk management policy, standards and model risk appetite.

Further information is available on page 146 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Linkage to the Annual Report and 
  Accounts 
  2019 
 

Structure of the regulatory group

Assets, liabilities and post-acquisition reserves of subsidiaries

engaged in insurance activities are excluded from the regulatory

consolidation. Our investments in these insurance subsidiaries are

recorded at cost and deducted from CET1 capital, subject to

thresholds.

The regulatory consolidation also excludes special purpose entities ('SPEs') where significant risk has been transferred to third parties. Exposures to these SPEs are risk-weighted as securitisation positions for regulatory purposes.

Participating interests in banking associates are proportionally consolidated for regulatory purposes by including our share of assets, liabilities, profit and loss, and risk-weighted assets in accordance with the PRA's application of EU legislation. Non-participating significant investments, along with non-financial associates, are deducted from capital, subject to thresholds.

 
 Table 2: Reconciliation of balance sheets - financial accounting to 
  regulatory scope of consolidation 
                                                                     Accounting    Deconsolidation    Consolidation    Regulatory 
                                                                        balance      of insurance/       of banking       balance 
                                                                          sheet     other entities       associates         sheet 
                                                               Ref           $m                 $m               $m            $m 
 Assets 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ----------  -----------------  ---------------  ------------ 
 Cash and balances at central banks                                    154,099           (26)             299          154,372 
 Items in the course of collection 
  from other banks                                                       4,956             -                -            4,956 
 Hong Kong Government certificates 
  of indebtedness                                                       38,380             -                -           38,380 
 Trading assets                                                        254,271          (822)               -          253,449 
 Financial assets designated and otherwise 
  mandatorily measured at fair value 
  through profit or loss                                                43,627       (33,839)             604           10,392 
 
   *    of which: debt securities eligible as tier 2 issued 
        by Group Financial Sector Entities ('FSEs') that are 
        outside the regulatory scope of consolidation           r            -           602                -              602 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------   -----------  ----  ---------  ----  --------- 
 Derivatives                                                           242,995           (14)              93          243,074 
 Loans and advances to banks                                            69,203        (1,309)           1,316           69,210 
 Loans and advances to customers                                     1,036,743          (776)          12,004        1,047,971 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------   -----------   ---  ---------  ----  --------- 
 
   *    of which: lending eligible as tier 2 to Group FSEs 
        outside the regulatory scope of consolidation           r            -           392                -              392 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------   -----------  ----  ---------  ----  --------- 
   expected credit losses on IRB portfolios                     h       (6,703)            -                -           (6,703) 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------   -----------  ----  ---------  ----  --------- 
 Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading                           240,862           (42)             127          240,947 
 Financial investments                                                 443,312       (66,551)           4,485          381,246 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------   -----------   ---  ---------  ----  --------- 
 
   *    of which: lending eligible as tier 2 to Group FSEs 
        outside the regulatory scope of consolidation           r            -           367                -              367 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------   -----------  ----  ---------  ----  --------- 
 Capital invested in insurance and 
  other entities                                                             -         2,304                -            2,304 
 Prepayments, accrued income and other 
  assets                                                               136,680        (6,636)             588          130,632 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------   -----------   ---  ---------  ----  --------- 
 - of which: retirement benefit assets                          j        8,280             -                -            8,280 
------------------------------------------------------------         ---------   -----------  ----  ---------  ----  --------- 
 Current tax assets                                                        755             -                -              755 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------   -----------  ----  ---------  ----  --------- 
 Interests in associates and joint 
  ventures                                                              24,474          (430)          (4,836)          19,208 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------   -----------   ---  ---------   ---  --------- 
 - of which: positive goodwill on 
  acquisition                                                   e          486           (13)               -              473 
------------------------------------------------------------         ---------   -----------   ---  ---------  ----  --------- 
 Goodwill and intangible assets                                 e       20,163        (9,131)           1,222           12,254 
 Deferred tax assets                                            f        4,632           159               14            4,805 
 Total assets at 31 Dec 2019                                         2,715,152      (117,113)          15,916        2,613,955 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------   -----------   ---  ---------  ----  --------- 
 
 
 Liabilities and equity 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  ---------  ------  ----------- 
 Hong Kong currency notes in circulation                                38,380         -        -     38,380 
 Deposits by banks                                                      59,022       (12)     372     59,382 
 Customer accounts                                                   1,439,115     2,596   14,277  1,455,988 
 Repurchase agreements - non-trading                                   140,344         -        -    140,344 
 Items in course of transmission to 
  other banks                                                            4,817         -        -      4,817 
 Trading liabilities                                                    83,170        59        -     83,229 
 Financial liabilities designated at 
  fair value                                                           164,466    (4,225)       -    160,241 
 - of which: 
  included in tier 1                                            n          419         -        -        419 
                                                                o, 
                                                                q, 
  included in tier 2                                             i      10,130         -        -     10,130 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------   ------  --------- 
 Derivatives                                                           239,497        27      127    239,651 
 - of which: debit valuation adjustment                         i           95         -        -         95 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------   ------  --------- 
 Debt securities in issue                                              104,555    (2,246)       -    102,309 
 Accruals, deferred income and other 
  liabilities                                                          118,156    (2,695)     819    116,280 
                                                                     ---------  --------   ------  --------- 
 Current tax liabilities                                                 2,150       (45)     148      2,253 
 Liabilities under insurance contracts                                  97,439   (97,439)       -          - 
                                                                     ---------  --------   ------  --------- 
 Provisions                                                              3,398       (11)      46      3,433 
 
   *    of which: credit-related contingent liabilities and 
        contractual commitments on IRB portfolios               h          357         -        -        357 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------   ------  --------- 
 Deferred tax liabilities                                                3,375    (1,337)       9      2,047 
 Subordinated liabilities                                               24,600         2      118     24,720 
 - of which: 
                                                                l, 
  included in tier 1                                             n       1,825         -        -      1,825 
                                                                o, 
  included in tier 2                                             q      21,071         -        -     21,071 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------   ------  --------- 
 Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2019                                    2,522,484  (105,326)  15,916  2,433,074 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  --------   ------  --------- 
 Equity 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  ---------  ------  ----------- 
 Called up share capital                                        a       10,319         -        -     10,319 
                                                                a, 
 Share premium account                                           l      13,959         -        -     13,959 
 Other equity instruments                                       k       20,871         -        -     20,871 
                                                                c, 
 Other reserves                                                  g       2,127     1,913        -      4,040 
                                                                b, 
 Retained earnings                                               c     136,679   (12,595)       -    124,084 
                                                              ----- 
 Total shareholders' equity                                            183,955   (10,682)       -    173,273 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  --------   ------  --------- 
                                                                d, 
                                                                m, 
                                                                n, 
 Non-controlling interests                                       p       8,713    (1,105)       -      7,608 
 Total equity at 31 Dec 2019                                           192,668   (11,787)       -    180,881 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  --------   ------  --------- 
 Total liabilities and equity at 31 
  Dec 2019                                                           2,715,152  (117,113)  15,916  2,613,955 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  --------   ------  --------- 
 

The references (a)-(r) identify balance sheet components that are used in the calculation of regulatory capital in Table 6: Own funds disclosure on page 13.

 
 Table 3: Principal entities with a different regulatory and accounting 
  scope of consolidation (LI3) 
                                                                                         At 31 Dec 2019 
                                                                         --------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                      Method of regulatory 
                                                                                          consolidation 
                                                                                                              Deducted 
                                                         Method                                Neither    from capital 
                                             Principal    of accounting    Proportional   consolidated         subject 
                            Footnotes       activities    consolidation   consolidation   nor deducted   to thresholds 
                                                                                         -------------  -------------- 
 Principal associates 
-------------------------  ----------  ---------------  --------------- 
                                        Banking 
 The Saudi British Bank                  services         Equity                l 
                                       ---------------  ---------------  -------------- 
 Principal insurance 
 entities 
 excluded from the 
 regulatory 
 consolidation 
-------------------------  ----------  ---------------  --------------- 
 HSBC Life                              Life insurance    Fully 
 (International) Ltd                     manufacturing     consolidated                                        l 
                                                        ---------------                                 -------------- 
 HSBC Assurances Vie                    Life insurance    Fully 
 (France)                                manufacturing     consolidated                                        l 
                                                                                                        -------------- 
 Hang Seng Insurance                    Life insurance    Fully 
 Company                                 manufacturing     consolidated 
 Ltd                                                                                                           l 
                                                                                                        -------------- 
 HSBC Insurance                         Life insurance    Fully 
 (Singapore)                             manufacturing     consolidated 
 Pte Ltd                                                                                                       l 
-------------------------  ----------  ---------------  ---------------                                 -------------- 
 HSBC Life (UK) Ltd                     Life insurance    Fully 
                                         manufacturing     consolidated                                        l 
                                                                                                        -------------- 
 HSBC Life Insurance                    Life insurance    Fully 
 Company                                 manufacturing     consolidated 
 Ltd                                                                                                           l 
-------------------------  ----------  ---------------  ---------------                                 -------------- 
 HSBC Life Assurance                    Life insurance    Fully 
 (Malta)                                 manufacturing     consolidated 
 Ltd                                                                                                           l 
                                       ---------------  ---------------                                 -------------- 
 HSBC Seguros S.A.                      Life insurance    Fully 
 (Mexico)                                manufacturing     consolidated                                        l 
-------------------------              ---------------  ---------------                                 -------------- 
 Principal SPEs excluded 
  from 
  the regulatory 
  consolidation                 1 
-------------------------  ----------  ---------------  --------------- 
 Metrix Portfolio                       Securitisation    Fully 
  Distribution                                             consolidated 
  plc                                                                                          l 
-------------------------  ----------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------  -------------  -------------- 
 Neon Portfolio                         Securitisation    Fully 
  Distribution                                             consolidated 
  DAC                                                                                          l 
-------------------------  ----------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------  -------------  -------------- 
 Regency Assets Ltd                     Securitisation    Fully 
                                                           consolidated                        l 
-------------------------  ----------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------  -------------  -------------- 
 
   1   These SPEs issued no or de minimis share capital. 

Measurement of regulatory exposures

This section sets out the main reasons why the measurement of regulatory exposures is not directly comparable with the financial information presented in the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

The Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 2019 are prepared in accordance with regulatory capital adequacy concepts and rules, while the Annual Report and Accounts 2019 are prepared in accordance with IFRSs. The purpose of the regulatory balance sheet is to provide a point-in-time ('PIT') value of all on-balance sheet assets.

The regulatory exposure value includes an estimation of risk, and is expressed as the amount expected to be outstanding if and when the counterparty defaults.

Moreover, regulatory exposure classes are based on different criteria from accounting asset types and are therefore not comparable on a line by line basis.

The following tables show in two steps how the accounting values in the regulatory balance sheet link to regulatory exposure at default ('EAD').

Table 4 shows the difference between the accounting and regulatory scope of consolidation, and a breakdown of the accounting balances into the risk types that form the basis for regulatory capital requirements. Table 5 then shows the main differences between the accounting balances and regulatory exposures by regulatory risk type.

 
 Table 4: Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation 
  and mapping of financial statement categories with 
 regulatory risk categories (LI1) 
                                                                      Carrying value of items 
                                                                                                             Subject 
                   Carrying                                                                             to deduction 
                     values          Carrying                    Subject                                from capital 
                as reported            values     Subject         to the                     Subject          or not 
                         in             under      to the  counter-party         Subject      to the         subject 
                  published             scope      credit         credit          to the      market   to regulatory 
                  financial     of regulatory        risk           risk  securitisation        risk         capital 
                 statements  consolidation(1)   framework   framework(2)    framework(3)   framework    requirements 
                        $bn               $bn         $bn            $bn             $bn         $bn             $bn 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  -------------- 
 Assets 
 Cash and 
  balances at 
  central 
  banks               154.1             154.4       154.4              -               -           -            - 
                             ---------------- 
 Items in the 
  course of 
  collection 
  from other 
  banks                 5.0               5.0         5.0              -               -           -            - 
                             ---------------- 
 Hong Kong 
  Government 
  certificates 
  of 
  indebtedness         38.4              38.4        38.4              -               -           -            - 
                             ---------------- 
 Trading 
  assets              254.3             253.4         1.2           21.3               -       253.4            - 
                             ---------------- 
 Financial 
  assets 
  designated 
  and 
  otherwise 
  mandatorily 
  measured at 
  fair value           43.6              10.4         4.2            3.9             2.3           -            - 
                -----------  ---------------- 
 Derivatives          243.0             243.1           -          242.0             1.1       243.1            - 
                             ---------------- 
 Loans and 
  advances to 
  banks                69.2              69.2        68.5              -             0.7           -            - 
                             ---------------- 
 Loans and 
  advances to 
  customers         1,036.7           1,048.0     1,021.5            2.9            23.6           -            - 
                             ---------------- 
 Reverse 
  repurchase 
  agreements 
  - 
  non-trading         240.9             240.9           -          240.9               -           -            - 
                             ----------------  ----------                 -------------- 
 Financial 
  investments         443.3             381.2       381.2              -               -           -            - 
                -----------  ---------------- 
 Capital 
  invested in 
  insurance 
  and other 
  entities                -               2.3         1.5              -               -           -          0.8 
                                               ---------- 
 Prepayments, 
  accrued 
  income 
  and other 
  assets              136.7             130.6        47.1           55.6               -        14.8         19.5 
 Current tax 
  assets                0.8               0.8         0.8              -               -           -            - 
 Interests in 
  associates 
  and joint 
  ventures             24.5              19.2        11.6              -               -           -          7.6 
 Goodwill and 
  intangible 
  assets               20.1              12.3           -              -               -           -         12.0 
 Deferred tax 
  assets                4.6               4.8         6.6              -               -           -         (1.8) 
                -----------                    ---------- 
 Total assets 
  at 31 Dec 
  2019              2,715.2           2,614.0     1,742.0          566.6            27.7       511.3         38.1 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 
 Liabilities 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  -------------- 
 Hong Kong 
  currency 
  notes 
  in 
  circulation          38.4              38.4           -              -               -           -         38.4 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Deposits by 
  banks                59.0              59.4           -              -               -           -         59.4 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Customer 
  accounts          1,439.1           1,456.0           -              -               -           -      1,456.0 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Repurchase 
  agreements 
  - 
  non-trading         140.3             140.3           -          140.3               -           -            - 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Items in 
  course of 
  transmission 
  to other 
  banks                 4.8               4.8           -              -               -           -          4.8 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Trading 
  liabilities          83.2              83.2           -           10.3               -        83.2            - 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Financial 
  liabilities 
  designated 
  at FV               164.5             160.2           -              -               -        62.1         98.1 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Derivatives          239.5             239.7           -          239.7               -       239.7            - 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Debt 
  securities 
  in issue            104.6             102.3           -              -               -           -        102.3 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Accruals, 
  deferred 
  income, 
  and other 
  liabilities         118.2             116.3           -           56.6               -           -         59.7 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Current tax 
  liabilities           2.1               2.3           -              -               -           -          2.3 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Liabilities 
  under 
  insurance 
  contract             97.4                 -           -              -               -           -            - 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Provisions             3.4               3.4         0.6              -               -           -          2.8 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Deferred tax 
  liabilities           3.4               2.1         2.0              -               -           -          2.3 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Subordinated 
  liabilities          24.6              24.7           -              -               -           -         24.7 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 Total 
  liabilities 
  at 31 
  Dec 2019          2,522.5           2,433.1         2.6          446.9               -       385.0      1,850.8 
--------------  -----------  ----------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  ----------  ----------- 
 

1 The amounts shown in the column 'Carrying values under scope of regulatory consolidation' do not equal the sum of the amounts shown in the remaining columns of this table for line items 'Derivatives', 'Trading assets' and 'Prepayments, accrued income and other assets' as some of the assets in this column are subject to regulatory capital charges for both CCR and market risk.

2 The amounts shown in the column 'Subject to the counterparty credit risk framework' include both non-trading book and trading book.

3 The amounts shown in the column 'Subject to the securitisation framework' are non-trading book positions. Trading book securitisation positions are included in the market risk column.

 
 Table 5: Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts 
  and carrying values in financial statements (LI2) 
                                                                              Of which items subject 
                                                                                        to: 
                                                      -------- 
                                                                         Credit                     Securitisation 
                                                         Total   risk framework    CCR framework         framework 
                                           Footnotes       $bn              $bn              $bn               $bn 
 Carrying value of assets within scope 
  of regulatory consolidation                  1      2,575.9          1,742.0         566.6              27.7 
 Carrying value of liabilities within 
  scope of regulatory consolidation            1        582.3              2.6         446.9                 - 
                                                      -------   --------------   -----------      ------------ 
 Net carrying value within scope of 
  regulatory consolidation                            1,993.6          1,739.4         119.7              27.7 
----------------------------------------  ----------  -------   --------------   -----------      ------------ 
 Off-balance sheet amounts and potential 
  future exposure for counterparty risk                 865.5            275.6          52.9              11.2 
 Differences in netting rules                             4.1             10.1          (6.0)                - 
 Differences due to financial collateral 
  on standardised approach                               (5.2)            (5.2)            -                 - 
 Differences due to expected credit 
  losses on IRB approach                                  6.5              6.5             -                 - 
 Differences due to EAD modelling and 
  other differences                                       5.3              7.7             -              (2.4) 
                                                      -------   --------------   -----------      ------------ 
 Differences due to credit risk 
  mitigation                                            (10.8)               -         (10.8)                - 
                                                      -------   --------------   -----------      ------------ 
 Exposure values considered for 
  regulatory 
  purposes at 31 Dec 2019                             2,859.0          2,034.1         155.8              36.5 
----------------------------------------  ----------  -------   --------------   -----------      ------------ 
 

1 Excludes amounts subject to deduction from capital or not subject to regulatory capital requirements.

Explanations of differences between accounting and regulatory exposure amounts

Off-balance sheet amounts and potential future exposure for counterparty risk

Off-balance sheet amounts subject to credit risk and securitisation regulatory frameworks include undrawn portions of committed facilities, various trade finance commitments and guarantees. We apply a credit conversion factor ('CCF') to these items and add potential future exposures ('PFE') for counterparty credit risk.

Differences in netting rules

The increase from carrying value due to differences in netting rules is the reversal of amounts deducted from gross loans and advances to customers in the published financial statements in accordance with the offsetting criteria of IAS 32 'Financial instruments: presentation'.

Differences due to financial collateral

Exposure value under the standardised approach is calculated after deducting credit risk mitigation whereas accounting value is before such deductions.

Differences due to expected credit losses

The carrying value of assets is net of credit risk adjustments. The regulatory exposure value under IRB approaches is before deducting credit risk adjustments.

Differences due to EAD modelling

The carrying value of assets is usually measured at amortised cost or fair value as at the balance sheet date. For certain IRB models, the exposure value used as EAD is the projected value over the next year.

Differences due to credit risk mitigation

In counterparty credit risk ('CCR'), differences arise between accounting carrying values and regulatory exposure as a result of the application of credit risk mitigation and the use of modelled exposures.

Explanation of differences between accounting fair value and regulatory prudent valuation

Fair value is defined as the best estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Some fair value adjustments already reflect valuation uncertainty to some degree. These are market data uncertainty, model uncertainty and concentration adjustments.

However, it is recognised that a variety of valuation techniques using stressed assumptions and combined with the range of plausible market parameters at a given point in time may still generate unexpected uncertainty beyond fair value.

A series of additional valuation adjustments ('AVAs') are therefore required to reach a specified degree of confidence (the 'prudent value') set by regulators that differs both in terms of scope and measurement from HSBC's own quantification for disclosure purposes.

AVAs should consider at the minimum: market price uncertainty, bid-offer (close-out) uncertainty, model risk, concentration, administrative costs, unearned credit spreads and investing and funding costs.

AVAs are not limited to level 3 exposures, for which a 95% uncertainty range is already computed and disclosed, but must also be calculated for any exposure for which the exit price cannot be determined with a high degree of certainty. Table 64 presents further information on the prudent valuation adjustment.

 
 Capital and RWAs 
 
 
 Capital management 
 

Approach and policy

Our approach to capital management is driven by our strategic and organisational requirements, taking into account the regulatory, economic and commercial environment. We aim to maintain a strong capital base to support the risks inherent in our business and invest in accordance with our strategy, meeting both consolidated and local regulatory capital requirements at all times.

Our capital management process culminates in the annual Group capital plan, which is approved by the Board. HSBC Holdings is the primary provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries and also provides them with non-equity and loss-absorbing capital where necessary. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings' issuance of equity and non-equity capital and by profit retention. As part of its capital management process, HSBC Holdings seeks to maintain a balance between the composition of its capital and its investment in subsidiaries, including management of double leverage. Subject to the above, there is no current or foreseen impediment to HSBC Holdings' ability to provide such investments.

Each subsidiary manages its own capital to support its planned business growth and meet its local regulatory requirements within the context of the Group capital plan. Capital generated by subsidiaries in excess of planned requirements is returned to HSBC Holdings, normally by way of dividends, in accordance with the Group's capital plan.

During 2019, the Group's subsidiaries paid dividends consistent with their financial performance and local regulatory regimes, informed by the Group's capital plan. No significant restrictions are envisaged with respect to the payment of planned dividends or payments.

However, the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance monies to HSBC Holdings depends on, among other things, their respective local regulatory capital and banking requirements, exchange controls, statutory reserves, and financial and operating performance. None of our subsidiaries that are excluded from the regulatory consolidation have capital resources below their minimum regulatory requirement. HSBC Holdings has not entered into any Group Financial Support Agreements pursuant to the application of early intervention measures under the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive.

All capital securities included in the capital base of HSBC have either been issued as fully compliant CRD IV securities (on an end point basis) or in accordance with the rules and guidance in the PRA's previous General Prudential Sourcebook, which are included in the capital base by virtue of the application of CRR II. The main features of capital securities issued by the Group, categorised as tier 1 ('T1') capital and tier 2 ('T2') capital, are set out on the HSBC website, www.hsbc.com.

The values disclosed are the IFRS balance sheet carrying amounts, not the amounts that these securities contribute to regulatory capital. For example, the IFRS accounting and the regulatory treatments differ in their approaches to issuance costs, regulatory amortisation and regulatory eligibility limits prescribed by the relevant regulatory legislation.

A list of the main features of our capital instruments in accordance with Annex III of Commission Implementing Regulation 1423/2013 is also published on our website with reference to our balance sheet on 31 December 2019. This is in addition to the full terms and conditions of our securities, also available on our website.

For further details of our approach to capital risk management, please see page 130 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Own funds 
 
 
 Table 6: Own funds disclosure 
                                                                                        ---------- 
                                                                                      At 
                                                                                     31 Dec 
                                                                                       At 
                                                                                31 Dec      31 Dec 
                                                                                  2019        2018 
 Ref(*)                                                                Ref          $m          $m 
                                                                            ----------  ---------- 
          Common equity tier 1 ('CET1') capital: instruments 
           and reserves 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
          Capital instruments and the related share premium 
 1         accounts                                                          22,873      22,384 
          - ordinary shares                                             a    22,873      22,384 
                                                                      ---- 
 2        Retained earnings                                             b   127,188     121,180 
                                                                      ---- 
 3        Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other 
           reserves)                                                    c     1,735       3,368 
                                                                      ---- 
 5        Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated 
           CET1)                                                        d     4,865       4,854 
                                                                      ---- 
 5a       Independently reviewed interim net profits net 
           of any foreseeable charge or dividend                        b    (3,381)      3,697 
                                                                      ---- 
 6        Common equity tier 1 capital before regulatory 
           adjustments                                                      153,280     155,483 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
          Common equity tier 1 capital: regulatory adjustments 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
 7        Additional value adjustments(1)                                    (1,327)     (1,180) 
                                                                      ---- 
 8        Intangible assets (net of related deferred tax 
           liability)                                                   e   (12,372)    (17,323) 
                                                                      ---- 
 10       Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability 
           excluding those arising from temporary differences 
           (net of related tax liability)                               f    (1,281)     (1,042) 
                                                                      ---- 
 11       Fair value reserves related to gains or losses 
           on cash flow hedges                                          g       (41)        135 
                                                                      ---- 
 12       Negative amounts resulting from the calculation 
           of expected loss amounts                                     h    (2,424)     (1,750) 
                                                                      ---- 
 14       Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value 
           resulting from changes in own credit standing                i     2,450         298 
                                                                      ---- 
 15       Defined benefit pension fund assets                           j    (6,351)     (6,070) 
                                                                      ---- 
 16       Direct and indirect holdings of own CET1 instruments(2)               (40)        (40) 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
 19       Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the 
           institution of the CET1 instruments of financial 
           sector entities where the institution has a significant 
           investment in those entities (amount above 10% 
           threshold and net of eligible short positions)(3)                 (7,928)     (7,489) 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
 28       Total regulatory adjustments to common equity tier 
           1                                                                (29,314)    (34,461) 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
 29       Common equity tier 1 capital                                      123,966     121,022 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
          Additional tier 1 ('AT1') capital: instruments 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
 30       Capital instruments and the related share premium 
           accounts                                                          20,871      22,367 
 31       - classified as equity under IFRSs                            k    20,871      22,367 
                                                                      ---- 
 33       Amount of qualifying items and the related share 
           premium accounts subject to phase out 
           from AT1                                                     l     2,305       2,297 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ------- 
 
 
 
 
 Table 6: Own funds disclosure (continued) 
                                                                                        ---------- 
                                                                                      At 
                                                                                31 Dec      31 Dec 
                                                                                  2019        2018 
 Ref(*)                                                                Ref          $m          $m 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
 34       Qualifying tier 1 capital included in consolidated 
           AT1 capital (including minority interests not included 
           in CET1) issued by subsidiaries and held by third           m, 
           parties                                                      n     1,277       1,516 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
 35       - of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries 
           subject to phase out                                         n     1,218       1,298 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
 36       Additional tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments            24,453      26,180 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
          Additional tier 1 capital: regulatory adjustments 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
 37       Direct and indirect holdings of own AT1 instruments(2)                (60)        (60) 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
 43       Total regulatory adjustments to additional tier 
           1 capital                                                            (60)        (60) 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
 44       Additional tier 1 capital                                          24,393      26,120 
 45       Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)                                  148,359     147,142 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
          Tier 2 capital: instruments and provisions 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
 46       Capital instruments and the related share premium 
           accounts                                                     o    20,525      20,249 
                                                                      ---- 
          - of which: instruments grandfathered under CRR 
           II                                                                 7,067            N/A 
         -----------------------------------------------------------  ---- 
 48       Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated 
           T2 capital (including minority interests and AT1 
           instruments not included in CET1 or AT1) issued             p, 
           by subsidiaries and held by third parties(4)                 q     4,667       6,480 
                                                                      ---- 
 49       - of row 48: instruments issued by subsidiaries 
           subject to phase out                                         q     2,251       1,585 
                                                                      ---- 
          - of row 48: instruments issued by subsidiaries 
           grandfathered under CRR II                                         1,452            N/A 
-------                                                               ----  ------- 
 51       Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments                       25,192      26,729 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
          Tier 2 capital: regulatory adjustments 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
 52       Direct and indirect holdings of own T2 instruments(2)                 (40)        (40) 
 55       Direct and indirect holdings by the institution 
           of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of 
           financial sector entities where the institution 
           has a significant investment in those entities 
           (net of eligible short positions)                            r    (1,361)       (593) 
                                                                      ---- 
 57       Total regulatory adjustments to tier 2 capital                     (1,401)       (633) 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
 58       Tier 2 capital                                                     23,791      26,096 
 59       Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)                                      172,150     173,238 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
 60       Total risk-weighted assets                                        843,395     865,318 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
          Capital ratios and buffers 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
 61       Common equity tier 1                                                   14.7%       14.0% 
                                                                                        ---------- 
 62       Tier 1                                                                 17.6%       17.0% 
 63       Total capital                                                          20.4%       20.0% 
                                                                                        ---------- 
 64       Institution specific buffer requirement                                5.11%       3.94% 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ---- 
 65 
            *    capital conservation buffer requirement                         2.50%       1.88% 
 66 
            *    counter-cyclical buffer requirement                             0.61%       0.56% 
 67a 
            *    Global Systemically Important Institution ('G-SII') 
                 buffer                                                          2.00%       1.50% 
                                                                                        ---------- 
 68       Common equity tier 1 available to meet buffers                          8.5%        7.9% 
                                                                            ----------  ---------- 
          Amounts below the threshold for deduction (before 
           risk weighting) 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
 72       Direct and indirect holdings of the capital of 
           financial sector entities where the institution 
           does not have a significant investment in those 
           entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of 
           eligible short positions)                                          2,938       2,534 
 73       Direct and indirect holdings by the institution 
           of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities 
           where the institution has a significant investment 
           in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and 
           net of eligible short positions)                                  13,189      12,851 
 75       Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences 
           (amount below 10% threshold, net of related tax 
           liability)                                                         4,529       4,956 
          Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions 
           in tier 2 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
 77       Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in 
           T2 under standardised approach                                     2,163       2,200 
 79       Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in 
           T2 under internal ratings-based approach                           3,128       3,221 
          Capital instruments subject to phase-out arrangements 
           (only applicable until 1 Jan 2022) 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  ----------  ---------- 
 82       Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase 
           out arrangements                                                   5,191       6,921 
 83       Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over 
           cap after redemptions and maturities)                                122           - 
 84       Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase 
           out arrangements                                                   2,737       5,131 
-------  -----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -------     ------- 
 

The references (a) - (r) identify balance sheet components in Table 2: Reconciliation of balance sheets - financial accounting to regulatory scope of consolidation on page 9 which are used in the calculation of regulatory capital.

1 Additional value adjustments are deducted from CET1. These are calculated on all assets measured at fair value.

   2   The deduction for holdings of own CET1, T1 and T2 instruments is set by the PRA. 

3 The threshold deduction for significant investments is drawn from numerous lines of the balance sheet and includes: investments in insurance subsidiaries and non-consolidated associates, other CET1 equity held in financial institutions, and connected funding of a capital nature.

4 Eligible instruments issued by subsidiaries previously reported in row 46 'Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts' are now reported here. For comparative purposes, 2018 data have been re-presented to reflect this change.

At 31 December 2019, our CET1 ratio increased to 14.7% from 14.0% at 31 December 2018. CET1 capital increased during the year by $2.9bn, mainly as a result of:

   --    capital generation of $6.0bn through profits 

-- a fall in the deduction for intangible assets of $4.9bn. This was primarily due to $7.3bn of goodwill impairment, partly offset by an increase in internally generated software;

   --    a $1.5bn increase in FVOCI reserve; and 
   --    favourable foreign currency translation differences of $1.0bn. 

These increases were partly offset by:

   --    dividends and scrip of $9.0bn; 
   --    share buy-back of $1.0bn; and 
   --    an increase in the deduction for excess expected loss $0.7bn. 

RWAs reduced by $21.9bn during the year. Excluding foreign currency translation differences, the remaining decrease of $26.9bn was primarily driven by methodology and policy changes and model updates which reduced RWAs by $39.9bn. These reductions were partly offset by increases of $12.7bn from movements in asset quality and size, including both RWA increases due to overall lending growth and reductions as a result of active portfolio management.

 
 Leverage 
 

The risk of excessive leverage is managed as part of HSBC's global risk appetite framework and monitored using a leverage ratio metric within our RAS. The RAS articulates the aggregate level and types of risk that HSBC is willing to accept in its business activities in order to achieve its strategic business objectives. The RAS is monitored via the risk appetite profile report, which includes comparisons of actual performance against the risk appetite and tolerance thresholds assigned to each metric, to ensure that any excessive risk is highlighted, assessed and mitigated appropriately. The risk appetite profile report is presented monthly to the RMM and the GRC.

Our approach to risk appetite is described on page 73 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Table 7: Leverage ratio common disclosure (LRCom) 
                                                                                             At 31 Dec 
                                                                                         2019(^)               2018 
 Ref*                                                               Footnotes                $bn                $bn 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------------  ----------------- 
         On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives 
          and SFT) 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------------  ----------------- 
         On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, 
 1        SFTs and fiduciary assets, but including collateral)                        2,119.1            2,012.5 
 2       (Asset amounts deducted in determining tier 1 
          capital)                                                                      (30.5)             (33.8) 
 3       Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, 
          SFTs and fiduciary assets)                                                  2,088.6            1,978.7 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  --------------     -------------- 
         Derivative exposures 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------------  ----------------- 
 4       Replacement cost associated with all derivatives 
          transactions (i.e. net of eligible cash variation 
          margin)                                                                        53.5               44.2 
 5       Add-on amounts for potential future exposure 
          ('PFE') associated with all derivatives transactions 
          (mark-to-market method)                                                       162.1              154.1 
 6       Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided 
          where deducted from the balance sheet assets 
          pursuant to IFRSs                                                               8.3                5.9 
 7       (Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation 
          margin provided in derivatives transactions)                                  (43.1)             (21.5) 
 8       (Exempted central counterparty ('CCP') leg of 
          client-cleared trade exposures)                                               (53.2)             (38.0) 
 9       Adjusted effective notional amount of written 
          credit derivatives                                                            159.4              160.9 
 10      (Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on 
          deductions for written credit derivatives)                                   (150.4)            (153.4) 
 11      Total derivative exposures                                                     136.6              152.2 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  --------------     -------------- 
         Securities financing transaction exposures 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------------  ----------------- 
 12      Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting),             1 
          after adjusting for sales accounting transactions                             451.0              429.8 
 13      (Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables          1 
          of gross SFT assets)                                                         (196.1)            (184.5) 
 14      Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets                                10.7               11.3 
 16      Total securities financing transaction exposures                               265.6              256.6 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  --------------     -------------- 
         Other off-balance sheet exposures 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------------  ----------------- 
 17      Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional 
          amount                                                                        865.5              829.8 
 18      (Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent 
          amounts)                                                                     (629.8)            (602.4) 
 19      Total off-balance sheet exposures                                              235.7              227.4 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  --------------     -------------- 
         Capital and total exposures 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------------  ----------------- 
 20      Tier 1 capital                                                                 144.8              143.5 
 21      Total leverage ratio exposure                                                2,726.5            2,614.9 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  --------------     -------------- 
 22      Leverage ratio (%)                                                               5.3                5.5 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  --------------     -------------- 
 EU-23   Choice of transitional arrangements for the definition 
          of the capital measure                                                 Fully phased-in    Fully phased-in 
------  ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------------  ----------------- 
 
   ^    Figures have been prepared on an IFRS 9 transitional basis. 

1 At 31 December 2018, netting of $180.9bn relating to SFT assets was recognised. This had no impact on the total leverage ratio exposure. Comparatives have been restated.

Our leverage ratio calculated in accordance with the Capital Requirements Regulation was 5.3% at 31 December 2019, down from 5.5% at 31 December 2018. The increase in exposure was primarily due to growth in customer lending and financial investments.

At 31 December 2019, the Group's leverage ratio measured under the PRA's UK leverage framework was 5.7%. This measure excludes qualifying central bank balances from the calculation of exposure.

At 31 December 2019, our UK minimum leverage ratio requirement of 3.25% under the PRA's UK leverage framework was supplemented by an additional leverage ratio buffer of 0.7% and a countercyclical leverage ratio buffer of 0.2%. These additional buffers translated into capital values of $17.7bn and $5.4bn respectively. We exceeded these leverage requirements.

For further details of the UK leverage ratio, please see page 155 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the total assets in our published balance sheet under IFRS and the total leverage exposure:

 
 Table 8: Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio 
  exposures (LRSum) 
                                                                          At 31 Dec 
                                                                         2019        2018 
 Ref*                                                                     $bn         $bn 
 1      Total assets as per published financial statements         2,715.2     2,558.1 
-----  ----------------------------------------------------------  -------     ------- 
        Adjustments for: 
        - entities which are consolidated for accounting 
         purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory 
 2       consolidation                                              (101.2)      (89.5) 
 
 4        *    derivative financial instruments                     (106.4)      (55.6) 
 
 5        *    securities financing transactions ('SFT')               2.8        (5.1) 
 
          *    off-balance sheet items (i.e. conversion to credit 
 6             equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures)    235.7       227.4 
 
 7        *    other                                                 (19.6)      (20.4) 
-----  ----------------------------------------------------------  -------     ------- 
 8      Total leverage ratio exposure                              2,726.5     2,614.9 
-----  ----------------------------------------------------------  -------     ------- 
 

The table below provides a breakdown of on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures, by asset class:

 
 Table 9: Leverage ratio - Split of on-balance sheet exposures (excluding 
  derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures) (LRSpl) 
                                                                            At 31 Dec 
                                                                          2019       2018 
 Ref(*)                                                                    $bn        $bn 
           Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, 
 EU-1       SFTs and exempted exposures)                               2,076.0  1,991.0 
 EU-2      - trading book exposures                                      230.8    218.5 
 EU-3      - banking book exposures                                    1,845.2  1,772.5 
                                                                       ------- 
             'banking book exposures' comprises: 
 EU-4        covered bonds                                                 2.6      1.6 
                                                                       -------  ------- 
 EU-5        exposures treated as sovereigns                             539.3    507.3 
                                                                       -------  ------- 
             exposures to regional governments, multilateral 
              development banks ('MDB'), international organisations 
 EU-6         and public sector entities not treated as sovereigns         9.4      9.3 
                                                                       -------  ------- 
 EU-7        institutions                                                 59.3     66.8 
                                                                       -------  ------- 
 EU-8        secured by mortgage of immovable property                   330.4    300.0 
                                                                       -------  ------- 
 EU-9        retail exposures                                            106.2     82.8 
                                                                       -------  ------- 
 EU-10       corporate                                                   603.2    614.3 
                                                                       -------  ------- 
 EU-11       exposures in default                                          9.9      9.1 
                                                                       -------  ------- 
             other exposures (e.g. equity, securitisations and 
 EU-12        other non-credit obligation assets)                        184.9    181.3 
--------  -----------------------------------------------------------  -------  ------- 
 
 
 Pillar 1 minimum capital requirements 
  and 
  RWA flow 
 

Pillar 1 covers the minimum capital resource requirements for credit risk, counterparty credit risk, equity, securitisation, market

risk and operational risk. These requirements are expressed in terms of RWAs. The table provides information on the scope of permissible approaches and our adopted approach by risk type.

 
 
 Credit           The Basel framework applies                           For consolidated Group reporting, 
  risk             three approaches of increasing                       we have adopted the AIRB approach 
                   sophistication to the calculation                    for the majority of our business. 
                   of Pillar 1 credit risk capital                      Some portfolios remain on the standardised 
                   requirements. The most basic                         or FIRB approaches: 
                   level, the standardised approach,                     *    pending the issuance of local regulations or model 
                   requires banks to use external                             approval; 
                   credit ratings to determine 
                   the risk weightings applied 
                   to rated counterparties. Other                        *    following supervisory prescription of a non-advanced 
                   counterparties are grouped into                            approach; or 
                   broad categories and standardised 
                   risk weightings are applied 
                   to these categories. The next                         *    under exemptions from IRB treatment. 
                   level, the foundation IRB ('FIRB') 
                   approach, allows banks to calculate 
                   their credit risk capital requirements 
                   on the basis of their internal 
                   assessment of a counterparty's 
                   probability of default ('PD'), 
                   but subjects their quantified 
                   estimates of EAD and loss given 
                   default ('LGD') to standard 
                   supervisory parameters. Finally, 
                   the advanced IRB ('AIRB') approach 
                   allows banks to use their own 
                   internal assessment in determining 
                   PD and in quantifying EAD and 
                   LGD. 
---------------  ----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------------- 
 Counterparty     Four approaches to calculating                        We use the mark-to-market and IMM 
  credit           CCR and determining exposure                          approaches for CCR. Details of 
  risk             values are defined by Basel:                          the IMM permission we have received 
                   mark-to-market, original exposure,                    from the PRA can be found in the 
                   standardised and internal model                       Financial Services Register on 
                   method ('IMM'). These exposure                        the PRA website. Our aim is to 
                   values are used to determine                          increase the proportion of positions 
                   capital requirements under one                        on IMM over time. 
                   of the three approaches to credit 
                   risk: standardised, FIRB or 
                   AIRB. 
---------------  ----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------------- 
 Equity           For the non-trading book, equity                      For Group reporting purposes, all 
                   exposures can be assessed under                       non-trading book equity exposures 
                   standardised or IRB approaches.                       are treated under the standardised 
                                                                         approach. 
---------------  ----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------------- 
 Securitisation   Basel specifies two approaches                        For the majority of the non-trading 
                  for calculating credit risk                            book securitisation positions, 
                  requirements for securitisation                        we use the IRB approach, and within 
                  positions in non-trading books:                        this principally the RBM, with 
                  the standardised approach and                          lesser amounts on the IAA and the 
                  the IRB approach, which incorporates                   SFM. We also use the standardised 
                  the ratings based method ('RBM'),                      approach for an immaterial amount 
                  the internal assessment approach                       of non-trading book positions. 
                  ('IAA') and the supervisory                            We follow the CRD IV standard rules 
                  formula method ('SFM'). Securitisation                 for the securitisation positions 
                  positions in the trading book                          in the trading book. 
                  are treated within the market                          Our exposures subject to the new 
                  risk framework, using the CRD                          framework in 2019 include exposures 
                  IV standard rules.                                     under SEC-IRBA,SEC-ERBA, IAA and 
                  On 1 January 2019, the new securitisation              SEC-SA. 
                  framework came into force in 
                  the EU for new transactions. 
                  This framework prescribes the 
                  following approaches: 
                   *    internal ratings-based approach ('SEC-IRBA'); 
 
 
                   *    external ratings-based approach ('SEC-ERBA'); 
 
 
                   *    internal assessment approach ('IAA'); and 
 
 
                   *    standardised approach ('SEC-SA'). 
 
 
                  From 1 January 2020, all transactions 
                  will be subject to the new framework. 
---------------  ----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------------- 
 Market           Market risk capital requirements                      The market risk capital requirement 
  risk             are calculated using a combination                    is measured using internal market 
                   of standard rules and the internal                    risk models, where approved by 
                   models approach ('IMA'). The                          the PRA, or under the standard 
                   latter involves the use of internal                   rules. Our internal market risk 
                   value at risk ('VaR') models                          models comprise VaR, stressed VaR 
                   to measure market risks and                           and IRC. Non-proprietary details 
                   determine the appropriate capital                     of the scope of our IMA permission 
                   requirement. The internal model                       are available in the Financial 
                   approach also includes stressed                       Services Register on the PRA website. 
                   VaR ('SVaR') and incremental                          We are in compliance with the requirements 
                   risk charge ('IRC'). HSBC does                        regarding i) rules and procedures 
                   not use or need a Comprehensive                       for inclusion of positions within 
                   Risk Model ('CRM').                                   trading books and ii) application 
                                                                         of prudent valuation adjustments 
                                                                         to trading book positions. 
---------------  ----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------------- 
 Operational      Basel allows firms to calculate                       We currently use the standardised 
  risk             their operational risk capital                        approach in determining our operational 
                   requirement under the basic                           risk capital requirement. We have 
                   indicator approach, the standardised                  in place an operational risk model 
                   approach or the advanced measurement                  that is used for economic capital 
                   approach.                                             calculation purposes. 
---------------  ----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
 Table 10: Overview of RWAs (OV1) 
                                                                     At 
                                                        31 Dec    30 Sep       31 Dec 
                                                          2019      2019         2019 
                                                      --------  --------  ----------- 
                                                                              Capital 
                                                          RWAs      RWAs     required 
                                                           $bn       $bn          $bn 
                                                      --------            ----------- 
       Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit 
 1      risk)                                          624.3     636.6         50.0 
----  ----------------------------------------------                      --------- 
 2     - standardised approach                         126.1     129.3         10.1 
 3     - foundation IRB approach                        32.3      31.0          2.6 
---- 
 4     - advanced IRB approach                         465.9     476.3         37.3 
----  ---------------------------------------------- 
 6     Counterparty credit risk                         43.9      49.6          3.5 
----  ----------------------------------------------                      --------- 
 7     - mark-to-market                                 20.6      23.4          1.7 
----  ---------------------------------------------- 
 10    - internal model method                          18.7      20.4          1.5 
----  ---------------------------------------------- 
       - risk exposure amount for contributions to 
 11     the default fund of a central counterparty       0.6       0.5            - 
----  ---------------------------------------------- 
 12    - credit valuation adjustment                     4.0       5.3          0.3 
----  ----------------------------------------------  ------    ------    --------- 
 13    Settlement risk                                   0.2       0.2            - 
----  ----------------------------------------------  ------    ------    --------- 
       Securitisation exposures in the non-trading 
 14     book                                             8.3       6.9          0.7 
----  ----------------------------------------------  ------    ------ 
 15    - IRB ratings based method                        1.8       2.2          0.1 
----  ---------------------------------------------- 
 17    - IRB internal assessment approach                0.6       1.0          0.1 
----  ---------------------------------------------- 
 18    - standardised approach                           1.3       1.3          0.1 
----  ---------------------------------------------- 
       - exposures subject to the new securitisation 
 14a    framework(1)                                     4.6       2.4          0.4 
----  ----------------------------------------------  ------    ------    --------- 
 19    Market risk                                      29.9      36.9          2.4 
----  ----------------------------------------------  ------    ------    --------- 
 20    - standardised approach                           7.8       8.1          0.6 
----  ---------------------------------------------- 
 21    - internal models approach                       22.1      28.8          1.8 
----  ---------------------------------------------- 
 23    Operational risk                                 92.8      91.1          7.4 
----  ----------------------------------------------  ------    ------    --------- 
 25    - standardised approach                          92.8      91.1          7.4 
----  ---------------------------------------------- 
       Amounts below the thresholds for deduction 
 27     (subject to 250% risk weight)                   44.0      43.9          3.5 
----  ----------------------------------------------  ------    ------    --------- 
 29    Total                                           843.4     865.2         67.5 
----  ----------------------------------------------  ------    ------    --------- 
 

1 On 1 January 2019, a new securitisation framework came into force in the EU for new transactions. Existing positions are subject to 'grandfathering' provisions and will transfer to the new framework on 1 January 2020. Our exposures subject to the approaches under the new framework at 31 December 2019 include $1.7bn under the external ratings-based approach, $5.2bn under the internal ratings-based approach, $7.1bn under the internal assessment approach, and $5.8bn under the standardised approach.

Credit risk (including amounts below the thresholds for deduction)

RWAs decreased by $12.2bn in the fourth quarter of the year including an increase of $16.6bn due to foreign currency translation differences. Excluding foreign currency translation differences, the remaining decrease of $28.8bn was primarily driven by asset size decreases of $13.7bn, reflecting active portfolio management, and reductions of $7.3bn due to changes to methodology and policy. These included the effect of risk parameter refinements and securitisation transactions. A further reduction of $5.7bn was due to model updates, especially to global corporate and Private Banking models.

Counterparty credit risk

Counterparty credit risk (including settlement risk) RWAs decreased by $5.7bn primarily due to management initiatives totalling $3.5bn - including hedging, improved collateral recognition and parameter refinements. In addition, lower derivative exposures reduced RWAs by $1.7bn.

Securitisation

The $1.4bn RWA increase is primarily due to new securitisation transactions. During the period, exposures moved from the pre-existing securitisation framework to the new framework due to new deals on existing facilities.

Market risk

RWAs decreased by $7bn mainly due to reductions in sovereign and flow credit portfolio exposures.

Operational risk

RWAs increased by $1.7bn primarily due to increased contributions from Retail Banking and Wealth Management ('RBWM') and Commercial Banking ('CMB') reflecting income growth in those businesses between 2016 and 2019, partly offset by a $0.9bn fall in RWAs caused by an approved change to operational risk methodology.

 
 Table 11: RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under the IRB 
  approach(1) (CR8) 
                                                                          Capital 
                                                                RWAs     required 
                                                                 $bn          $bn 
----  -----------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------- 
 1     At 1 Oct 2019                                       507.3          40.6 
      ----------------------------------------------- 
 2     Asset size                                          (11.8)         (0.9) 
 3     Asset quality                                        (2.2)         (0.2) 
 4     Model updates                                        (3.1)         (0.2) 
      ----------------------------------------------- 
 5     Methodology and policy                               (6.0)         (0.5) 
      ----------------------------------------------- 
 7     Foreign exchange movements                           14.0           1.1 
----                                                   ---------      -------- 
 9     At 31 Dec 2019                                      498.2          39.9 
----  -----------------------------------------------  ---------      -------- 
 
   1   Securitisation positions are not included in this table. 

RWAs under the IRB approach decreased by $9.1bn in the fourth quarter of the year, including an increase of $14.0bn due to foreign currency translation differences. The remaining decrease of $23.1bn (excluding foreign currency translation differences) was principally due to:

   --    an $11.8bn asset size reduction in RWAs largely due to active portfolio management; 

-- a $6.0bn fall in RWAs due to methodology and policy changes - reflecting securitisation transactions, risk parameter refinements and improved collateral recognition; and

   --    a $3.1bn decrease in RWAs from model updates, mainly to our global corporate model. 
 
 Table 12: RWA flow statements of CCR exposures under IMM (CCR7) 
                                                                    Capital 
                                                          RWAs     required 
                                                           $bn          $bn 
                                                   -----------  ----------- 
 1     At 1 Oct 2019                                   25.0          2.0 
      ------------------------------------------- 
 2     Asset size                                      (2.7)        (0.3) 
 3     Asset quality                                   (0.1)           - 
 4     Model updates                                   (0.1)           - 
----  -------------------------------------------  --------     -------- 
 5     Methodology and policy                          (0.3)           - 
----  -------------------------------------------  --------     -------- 
 9     At 31 Dec 2019                                  21.8          1.7 
----  -------------------------------------------  --------     -------- 
 

RWAs under the IMM decreased by $3.2bn primarily due to management initiatives, including hedging and parameter refinements, and lower derivative exposure.

 
 Table 13: RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under IMA (MR2-B) 
                                                                                                   Total 
                                                     Stressed                         Total      capital 
                                              VaR         VaR       IRC     Other      RWAs     required 
                                              $bn         $bn       $bn       $bn       $bn          $bn 
                                                                                             ----------- 
 1    At 1 Oct 2019                       6.0          8.6      10.6       3.6      28.8          2.3 
     -------------------------------- 
 2    Movement in risk levels            (0.6)        (0.5)     (4.0)     (0.7)     (5.8)        (0.4) 
 4    Methodology and policy             (0.1)        (0.1)        -      (0.7)     (0.9)        (0.1) 
 8    At 31 Dec 2019                      5.3          8.0       6.6       2.2      22.1          1.8 
---  --------------------------------  ------      -------     -----     -----     -----     -------- 
 

RWAs under the IMA decreased by $6.7bn mainly due to reductions in sovereign and flow credit portfolio exposures.

 
 Minimum requirement for own funds 
  and 
  eligible liabilities 
 

Overview and requirements

From 1 January 2019, a requirement for total loss-absorbing capacity ('TLAC') was introduced, as defined in the final standards adopted by the Financial Stability Board. In the EU, TLAC requirements were implemented via CRR II, which came into force in June 2019 and includes a new framework on minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities ('MREL').

MREL includes own funds and liabilities that can be written down or converted into capital resources in order to absorb losses or recapitalise a bank in the event of its failure. The new framework is complemented with new disclosure requirements. As the specific EU format for disclosure is yet to be agreed, the disclosures are based on the formats provided in the Basel Standards for Pillar 3 disclosures requirements.

The preferred resolution strategy for the Group, as confirmed by the BoE, is a multiple point of entry ('MPE') strategy - allowing

each individual resolution group to be resolved by its respective local resolution authority. Aligned with this strategy, the Group issues TLAC to the market from HSBC Holdings only, and then downstreams the proceeds to its subsidiaries as necessary and in accordance with requirements set by our regulators. This approach gives host authorities the option to recapitalise local subsidiaries through the write-down of internal TLAC resources, with the BoE applying bail-in powers at the HSBC Holdings level where necessary, and subsequently conducting any necessary restructuring and separation of the Group in coordination with host authorities.

In line with the existing structure and business model of the Group, we have three resolution groups - namely the European resolution group, the Asian resolution group and the US resolution group. There are some smaller entities that fall outside of the resolution groups, and can be separately resolved.

The table below lists the resolution groups, the related resolution entities and their material subsidiaries subject to TLAC requirements as currently agreed with the BoE.

Resolution structure

 
 
 European resolution   HSBC Holdings plc    HSBC UK Holdings Limited 
  group 
--------------------  ------------------- 
                                            HSBC Bank plc 
--------------------  ------------------- 
                                            HSBC UK Bank plc 
                                            HSBC France 
--------------------  ------------------- 
 Asian resolution      HSBC Asia Holdings   The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 
  group                 Limited              Limited 
--------------------  ------------------- 
                                            Hang Seng Bank Limited 
--------------------  ------------------- 
 US resolution         HSBC North America   N/A 
  group                 Holdings Inc 
--------------------  -------------------  ---------------------------------------------- 
 

The external MREL requirement for the Group as a whole is currently the highest of:

   --    16% of the Group's consolidated RWAs; 
   --    6% of the Group's consolidated leverage exposure; and 

-- the sum of all loss-absorbing capacity requirements and other capital requirements relating to Group entities or sub-groups.

We expect the indicative, external MREL requirements applying to the Group from 2020 to 2021 to follow the same calibration. The indicative, external MREL requirement applicable in 2022 is expected to be the highest of:

   --    18% of the Group's consolidated RWAs; 
   --    6.75% of the Group's consolidated leverage exposure; and 

-- the sum of all loss-absorbing capacity requirements and other capital requirements relating to other Group entities or sub-groups.

These indicative requirements remain subject to the BoE's confirmation and its review of the MREL framework in 2020.

Further details of our approach to capital management may be found in 'Capital management' on page 152 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Key metrics of the resolution groups

The table below provides a summary of key prudential metrics of the European, Asian and US resolution groups.

 
 Table 14: Key metrics of the resolution groups (KM2) 
                                                                       Resolution groups 
                                    European(1)                                Asian(2)                               US(3) 
                                At           At           At             At           At           At           At         At         At 
                            31 Dec       30 Sep       30 Jun         31 Dec       30 Sep       30 Jun       31 Dec     30 Sep     30 Jun 
                              2019         2019         2019           2019         2019         2019         2019       2019       2019 
                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------    ---------  ---------  --------- 
      Total loss 
      absorbing 
      capacity 
      ('TLAC') 
      available 
 1    ($m)                94,583       95,474       97,256         98,753       97,244       97,040       29,843     30,184     31,739 
                                                                ---------                                ------- 
      Fully loaded 
      ECL accounting 
      model TLAC 
 1a   available ($m)      94,439       95,282       97,055         98,753       97,244       97,040            N/A        N/A        N/A 
      Total RWA at 
      the level 
      of the 
      resolution 
      group 
 2    ($m)               297,431      316,766      321,149        366,076      370,590      371,100      128,705    139,016    140,762 
                                    ---------                   ---------    ---------                   -------    ------- 
      TLAC as a 
      percentage 
      of RWA 
 3    (row1/row2) (%)       31.8         30.1         30.3           27.0         26.2         26.1         23.2       21.7       22.5 
---  ----------------  ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------    ---------    ---------      -------    -------    ------- 
      Fully loaded 
      ECL accounting 
      model TLAC as a 
      percentage 
      of fully loaded 
      ECL 
      accounting 
      model RWA 
 3a   (%)                   31.8         30.1         30.2           27.0         26.2         26.1            N/A        N/A        N/A 
---  ----------------  ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------  ---------  --------- 
      Leverage 
      exposure 
      measure 
      at the level of 
      the 
      resolution 
 4    group ($m)       1,166,576    1,132,679    1,176,134      1,036,243    1,024,554    1,041,168      331,869    372,556    362,621 
                                                                ---------                                ------- 
      TLAC as a 
      percentage 
      of leverage 
      exposure 
      measure 
      (row1/row4) 
 5    (%)                    8.1          8.4          8.3            9.5          9.5          9.3          9.0        8.1        8.8 
---  ----------------  ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------    ---------    ---------      -------    -------    ------- 
      Fully loaded 
      ECL accounting 
      model TLAC as a 
      percentage 
      of fully loaded 
      ECL 
      accounting 
      model Leverage 
      exposure 
 5a   measure (%)            8.1          8.4          8.3            9.5          9.5          9.3            N/A        N/A        N/A 
                       ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------  ---------  --------- 
 6a   Does the 
      subordination 
      exemption in 
      the 
      antepenultimate 
      paragraph of 
      Section 
      11 of the FSB 
      TLAC Term 
      Sheet apply?              No           No           No             No           No           No           No         No         No 
                       -----------  -----------  -----------    -----------  -----------  -----------    ---------  ---------  --------- 
 6b   Does the 
      subordination 
      exemption in 
      the penultimate 
      paragraph of 
      Section 
      11 of the FSB 
      TLAC Term 
      Sheet apply?              No           No           No             No           No           No           No         No         No 
                       -----------  -----------  -----------    -----------  -----------  -----------    ---------  ---------  --------- 
 6c   If the capped 
      subordination 
      exemption 
      applies, the 
      amount of 
      funding issued 
      that ranks pari 
      passu 
      with excluded 
      liabilities 
      and that is 
      recognised 
      as external 
      TLAC, divided 
      by funding 
      issued that 
      ranks pari 
      passu with 
      excluded 
      liabilities 
      and that would 
      be recognised 
      as external 
      TLAC if 
      no cap was 
      applied (%)              N/A          N/A          N/A            N/A          N/A          N/A          N/A        N/A        N/A 
---  ----------------  -----------  -----------  -----------    -----------  -----------  -----------    ---------  ---------  --------- 
 

1 The European resolution group reports in accordance with CRR II. Unless otherwise stated, all figures are calculated using the EU's regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 in article 473a of the Capital Requirements Regulation.

2 Reporting for the Asian resolution group follows the Hong Kong Monetary Authority ('HKMA') regulatory rules. IFRS 9 has been implemented but no regulatory transitional arrangements apply.

3 Reporting for the US resolution group is prepared in accordance with local regulatory rules. The US accounting standard for current expected credit losses ('CECL') corresponding to IFRS 9 is not yet effective. Leverage exposure and ratio are calculated under the US supplementary leverage ratio rules.

Given the preferred MPE resolution strategy, and the fact that the BoE framework includes requirements set on the basis of HSBC group consolidated position, the following table presents data for both the consolidated Group and the resolution groups. The difference between Group CET1 and the aggregate of resolution groups' CET1 is driven by entities that fall outside of the resolution groups and by differences in regulatory frameworks.

 
 Table 15: TLAC composition (TLAC1) 
                                                                                               At 31 Dec 2019                                         At 30 June 2019 
                                                                                   -------------------------------------                   ------------------------------------- 
                                                                                              Resolution group                                        Resolution group 
                                                                    ---------                                               --------- 
                                                                       Group(1)      European(1)     Asian(2)      US(3)       Group(1)      European(1)     Asian(2)      US(3) 
                                                                    -----------                   -----------  ---------    -----------                   -----------  --------- 
      Regulatory capital elements 
       of TLAC and adjustments 
       ($m) 
                                                                    -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      Common equity tier 1 capital 
       before adjustments                                               123,966          110,263       63,156     16,753        126,949          116,222       61,561     18,649 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      Deduction of CET1 exposures 
       between MPE resolution 
       groups and other group 
       entities                                                             -            100,028          -          -              -            102,699          -          - 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------      -------------  ---------    -------      ---------      -------------  ---------    ------- 
      Common equity tier 1 capital 
 1     ('CET1')                                                         123,966           10,235       63,156     16,753        126,949           13,523       61,561     18,649 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      Additional tier 1 capital 
 2     ('AT1') before TLAC adjustments                                   24,393           23,515        5,855      2,240         25,878           25,089        5,837      2,240 
---                                                                 -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
 4    Other adjustments                                                     -              6,673          -          -              -              7,940          -          - 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------      -------------  ---------    -------      ---------      -------------  ---------    ------- 
      AT1 instruments eligible 
       under the TLAC framework 
       (row 2 minus row 3 minus 
 5     row 4)                                                            24,393           16,842        5,855      2,240         25,878           17,149        5,837      2,240 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      Tier 2 capital ('T2') 
 6     before TLAC adjustments                                           23,791           24,957        7,892      4,643         25,432           25,167        8,074      5,503 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      Amortised portion of T2 
       instruments where remaining 
 7     maturity > 1 year                                                    579              579          -          -            1,257              302          -          - 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  ---------    -------      -----------    -------------  ---------    ------- 
      T2 capital ineligible 
       as TLAC as issued out 
       of subsidiaries to third 
 8     parties                                                              -                -          400          -              -                -          400          - 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------      -----------    ---------    -------      ---------      -----------    ---------    ------- 
 9    Other adjustments                                                   164              8,087          -        1,793            -              7,947          -        2,653 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------      -------------  ---------    ---------    ---------      -------------  ---------    --------- 
      T2 instruments eligible 
       under the TLAC framework 
       (row 6 plus row 7 minus 
 10    row 8 minus row 9)                                                24,206           17,449        7,492      2,850         26,689           17,522        7,674      2,850 
---                                                                 -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      TLAC arising from regulatory 
 11    capital                                                          172,566           44,526       76,503     21,843        179,516           48,194       75,072     23,739 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      Non-regulatory capital 
       elements of TLAC ($m) 
---                                                                 -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      External TLAC instruments 
       issued directly by the 
       bank and subordinated 
 12    to excluded liabilities                                           81,192           50,057       22,257      8,000         80,046           49,062       21,970      8,000 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      TLAC arising from non-regulatory 
       capital instruments before 
 17    adjustments                                                       81,192           50,057     22,257      8,000           80,046           49,062     21,970      8,000 
---                                                                 -----------    -------------  ---------    -------      -----------    -------------  ---------    ------- 
      Non-regulatory capital 
       elements of TLAC: adjustments 
       ($m) 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
 18   TLAC before deductions                                            253,757           94,583     98,760     29,843          259,562           97,256     97,042     31,739 
---                                                                 -----------    -------------  ---------    -------      -----------    -------------  ---------    ------- 
      Deductions of exposures 
       between MPE resolution 
       groups that correspond 
       to items eligible for 
 19    TLAC                                                                 -                -            7          -              -                -            2          - 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------      -----------    ---------    -------      ---------      -----------    ---------    ------- 
      Deduction of investments 
 20    in own other TLAC liabilities                                         80              -            -          -               43              -            -          - 
---                                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -------      -----------    -----------    ---------    ------- 
 21   Other adjustments to TLAC                                             -                -            -          -              -                -            -          - 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------      -----------    ---------    -------      ---------      -----------    ---------    ------- 
      TLAC after deductions 
       (row 18 minus row 19 minus 
 22    row 20 minus row 21)                                             253,677           94,583       98,753   29,843          259,519           97,256       97,040   31,739 
---                                                                 -----------    -------------  -----------  -------      -----------    -------------  -----------  ------- 
      Risk-weighted assets and 
       leverage exposure measure 
       for TLAC purposes ($m) 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
 23   Total risk-weighted assets                                        843,395          297,431      366,076  128,705          885,971          321,149      371,100  140,762 
---                                                                 -----------    -------------  -----------  -------      -----------    -------------  -----------  ------- 
 24   Leverage exposure measure                                       2,726,542        1,166,576    1,036,243  331,869        2,786,468        1,176,134    1,041,168  362,621 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  -------      -----------    -------------  -----------  ------- 
      TLAC ratios and buffers 
       (%) 
---                                                                 -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      TLAC (as a percentage 
 25    of risk-weighted assets)                                           30.1%            31.8%        27.0%      23.2%          29.3%            30.3%        26.1%      22.5% 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      TLAC (as a percentage 
 26    of leverage exposure)                                               9.3%             8.1%         9.5%       9.0%           9.3%             8.3%         9.3%       8.8% 
---                                                                 -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      CET1 (as a percentage 
       of risk-weighted assets) 
       available after meeting 
       the resolution group's 
       minimum capital and TLAC 
 27    requirements(4)                                                     8.5%              N/A          N/A       5.2%           8.1%              N/A          N/A       4.5% 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
      Institution-specific buffer 
       requirement expressed 
       as a percentage of risk-weighted 
 28    assets                                                              5.1%              N/A          N/A       2.5%           5.2%              N/A          N/A       2.5% 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
 29 
          *    of which: capital conservation buffer requirement           2.5%              N/A          N/A       2.5%           2.5%              N/A          N/A       2.5% 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
 30 
          *    of which: bank specific countercyclical buffer 
               requirement                                                 0.6%              N/A          N/A        N/A           0.7%              N/A          N/A        N/A 
---                                                                 -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
 31 
         *    of which: higher loss absorbency (G-SIB) requirement         2.0%              N/A          N/A        N/A           2.0%              N/A          N/A        N/A 
---  -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -------------  -----------  ---------    -----------    -------------  -----------  --------- 
 

1 The Group and European resolution group reports in accordance with CRR II. Unless otherwise stated all figures are calculated using the EU's regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 in article 473a. Investments by the European resolution group in the regulatory capital or TLAC of other group companies are deducted from the corresponding form of capital in rows 1, 4 & 9. Buffer requirements are reported as 'Not applicable' as none have yet been set for the European resolution group.

2 Reporting for the Asian resolution group follows HKMA regulatory rules. IFRS 9 has been implemented but no regulatory transitional arrangements apply.

3 Reporting for the US resolution group is prepared in accordance with local regulatory rules. The US accounting standard for current expected credit losses ('CECL') corresponding to IFRS 9 is not yet effective. Leverage exposure and ratio are calculated under the US supplementary leverage ratio rules. Other adjustments for the US resolution group relate to allowances for loan and lease losses that are not TLAC eligible and Tier 2 instruments that currently do not qualify as TLAC. Under the US Final TLAC rules, in addition to the risk-weighted assets component of the TLAC requirement, the US resolution group is subject to an external 2.5% TLAC buffer that is similar to the capital conservation buffer.

4 For the Group, minimum capital requirement is defined as the sum of Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A capital requirements set by the PRA. The minimum requirements represent the total capital requirement to be met by CET1.

Creditor ranking at legal entity level

The following tables present information regarding the ranking of creditors in the liability structure of legal entities at 31 December 2019. The tables present the ranking of creditors of HSBC Holdings plc, its resolution entities, and their material sub-group entities. Nominal values are disclosed.

The main features of capital instruments disclosure for the Group, Asia and US resolution groups is published on our website, https://www.hsbc.com/investors/fixed-income-investors/regulatory-capital-securities.

European resolution group

The European resolution group comprises HSBC Holdings plc, the designated resolution entity, together with its material operating entities - namely HSBC Bank plc and its subsidiaries, and HSBC UK Bank plc and its subsidiaries. The following tables present information regarding the ranking of creditors of HSBC Holdings plc, HSBC Bank plc and HSBC UK Bank plc.

 
 Table 16: HSBC Holdings plc creditor ranking (TLAC3) 
                                                                                        Creditor ranking ($m) 
                                                                              1              2                 3            4 
                                                                      ---------    -----------    --------------  ----------- 
                                                                                                                                    Sum of 
                                                                            (most                                         (most       1 to 
                                                                          junior)                                       senior)          4 
                                                                                                  -------------- 
                                                                                                                         Senior 
                                                                                      Preference                          notes 
                                                                                          shares                      and other 
                                                                         Ordinary        and AT1    Subordinated     pari passu 
 1    Description of creditor ranking                      Footnotes    shares(1)    instruments           notes    liabilities 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
      Total capital and liabilities 
 2     net of credit risk mitigation                                     10,319         23,633          20,816         82,234    137,002 
      - of row 2 that are excluded 
 3     liabilities                                             2              -              -               -            412        412 
      Total capital and liabilities 
       less excluded liabilities (row 
 4     2 minus row 3)                                                    10,319         23,633          20,816         81,822    136,590 
      - of row 4 that are potentially 
 5     eligible as TLAC                                                  10,319         23,633          20,816         80,031    134,799 
      - of row 5 with 1 year <= residual 
 6     maturity < 2 years                                                     -              -               -         15,658     15,658 
      - of row 5 with 2 years <= residual 
 7     maturity < 5 years                                                     -              -           2,000         30,341     32,341 
      - of row 5 with 5 years <= residual 
 8     maturity < 10 years                                                    -              -           7,525         27,290     34,815 
 9 
       *    of row 5 with residual maturity >= 10 years, 
       but 
            excluding perpetual securities                                    -              -          10,391          6,742     17,133 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
      - of row 5 that are perpetual 
 10    securities                                                        10,319         23,633             900              -     34,852 
---  ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    ------------    ----------- 
 
   1   Excludes the value of share premium and reserves attributable to ordinary shareholders. 

2 Excluded liabilities are defined in CRR II Article 72a (2). The balance mainly relates to accruals for service company recharges.

 
 Table 17: HSBC UK Bank plc creditor ranking (TLAC2) 
                                                                                         Creditor ranking ($m) 
                                                                              1              2               3               4 
                                                                                                                                    Sum of 
                                                                            (most                                          (most      1 to 
                                                           Footnotes      junior)                                        senior)         4 
                                                          ----------                                              -------------- 
      Is the resolution entity the 
 1     creditor/investor?                                      1               No             No              No              No 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                                                          Senior 
                                                                         Ordinary            AT1    Subordinated    subordinated 
 2    Description of creditor ranking                                   shares(2)    instruments           loans           loans 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
      Total capital and liabilities 
 3     net of credit risk mitigation                                          -          2,903           3,881           8,619    15,403 
     ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    ------------    ------------ 
      - of row 3 that are excluded 
 4     liabilities                                                            -              -               -               -         - 
     ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    ------------    ------------    ------ 
      Total capital and liabilities 
       less excluded liabilities (row 
 5     3 minus row 4)                                                         -          2,903           3,881           8,619    15,403 
     ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    ------------    ------------    ------ 
      - of row 5 that are eligible 
 6     as TLAC                                                                -          2,903           3,881           8,619    15,403 
     ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    ------------    ------------    ------ 
      - of row 6 with 1 year <= residual 
 7     maturity < 2 years                                                     -              -               -               -         - 
     ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    ------------    ------------    ------ 
      - of row 6 with 2 years <= residual 
 8     maturity < 5 years                                                     -              -               -               -         - 
     ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    ------------    ------------    ------ 
      - of row 6 with 5 years <= residual 
 9     maturity < 10 years                                                    -              -           1,700           4,627     6,327 
     ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    ------------    ------------    ------ 
 10 
       *    of row 6 with residual maturity >= 10 years, 
       but 
            excluding perpetual securities                                    -              -           2,181           3,992     6,173 
---  ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    ------------    ------------    ------ 
      - of row 6 that are perpetual 
 11    securities                                                             -          2,903               -               -     2,903 
---  ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    ------------    ------------    ------ 
 
   1   The entity's capital and TLAC are owned by HSBC UK Holdings Limited. 

2 The nominal value of ordinary shares is GBP50,002. This excludes the value of share premium and reserves attributable to ordinary shareholders.

 
 Table 18: HSBC Bank plc creditor ranking (TLAC2) 
                                                                                      Creditor ranking ($m) 
                                                                              1              2          3               4 
                                                                                                                               Sum of 
                                                                            (most                                     (most      1 to 
                                                           Footnotes      junior)                                   senior)         4 
                                                          ---------- 
      Is the resolution entity the 
 1     creditor/investor?                                      1               No             No         No              No 
                                                                                           Third 
                                                                                          Dollar               Subordinated 
                                                                                      preference    Undated           notes 
                                                                                          shares    primary             and 
                                                                         Ordinary        and AT1    capital    subordinated 
 2    Description of creditor ranking                                   shares(2)    instruments      notes           loans 
      Total capital and liabilities 
 3     net of credit risk mitigation                                      1,054          5,203      1,550          18,381    26,188 
                                                          ----------  ---------    -----------    -------    ------------ 
      - of row 3 that are excluded 
 4     liabilities                                                            -              -          -               -         - 
                                                          ----------  ---------    -----------    -------    ------------ 
      Total capital and liabilities 
       less excluded liabilities (row 
 5     3 minus row 4)                                                     1,054          5,203      1,550          18,381    26,188 
                                                          ----------  ---------    -----------    -------    ------------ 
      - of row 5 that are eligible 
 6     as TLAC                                                            1,054          5,203      1,550          18,381    26,188 
                                                          ----------  ---------    -----------    -------    ------------ 
      - of row 6 with 1 year <= residual 
 7     maturity < 2 years                                                     -              -          -             450       450 
                                                          ----------  ---------    -----------    -------    ------------ 
      - of row 6 with 2 years <= residual 
 8     maturity < 5 years                                                     -              -          -          11,003    11,003 
                                                          ----------  ---------    -----------    -------    ------------ 
      - of row 6 with 5 years <= residual 
 9     maturity < 10 years                                                    -              -          -           3,391     3,391 
                                                          ----------  ---------    -----------    -------    ------------ 
 10 
       *    of row 6 with residual maturity >= 10 years, 
       but 
            excluding perpetual securities                                    -              -          -           2,215     2,215 
---  ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    -------    ------------ 
      - of row 6 that are perpetual 
 11    securities                                                         1,054          5,203      1,550           1,322     9,129 
---  ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------    -----------    -------    ------------    ------ 
 

1 The entity's ordinary shares are owned by HSBC UK Holdings Limited. Other instruments are either owned by HSBC UK Holdings Limited or by third parties.

   2   Excludes the value of share premium and reserves attributable to ordinary shareholders. 

Asian resolution group

The Asian resolution group comprises HSBC Asia Holdings Ltd, The Hongkong & Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Hang Seng Bank Limited and their subsidiaries. HSBC Asia Holdings Ltd

is the designated resolution entity. The following table presents information regarding the ranking of creditors of HSBC Asia Holdings Limited.

 
 Table 19: HSBC Asia Holdings Ltd creditor ranking(1) (TLAC3) 
                                                                                                              -------- 
                                                                   Creditor ranking ($m) 
                                                       1                  2                   3          4 
                                              ----------    ---------------    ----------------  --------- 
                                                                                                                Sum of 
                                                     (most                                             (most      1 to 
                                                   junior)                                           senior)         4 
                                                                                                 ----------- 
                                                  Ordinary                                 Tier 
 1    Description of creditor ranking            shares(2)    AT1 instruments     2 instruments    LAC loans 
     --------------------------------------- 
      Total capital and liabilities net 
 2     of credit risk mitigation                  56,587              5,700             1,780       21,177    85,244 
     --------------------------------------- 
 3    - of row 2 that are excluded 
      liabilities                                      -                  -                 -            -         - 
     --------------------------------------- 
      Total capital and liabilities less 
       excluded liabilities (row 2 minus 
 4     row 3)                                     56,587              5,700             1,780       21,177    85,244 
     --------------------------------------- 
      - of row 4 that are potentially 
 5     eligible as TLAC                           56,587              5,700             1,780       21,177    85,244 
     --------------------------------------- 
      - of row 5 with 1 year <= residual 
 6     maturity < 2 years                              -                  -                 -            -         - 
     --------------------------------------- 
      - of row 5 with 2 years <= residual 
 7     maturity < 5 years                              -                  -                 -        9,828     9,828 
     --------------------------------------- 
      - of row 5 with 5 years <= residual 
 8     maturity < 10 years                             -                  -                 -        9,349     9,349 
     --------------------------------------- 
      - of row 5 with residual maturity 
       >= 10 years, but excluding perpetual 
 9     securities                                      -                  -             1,780        2,000     3,780 
     --------------------------------------- 
 10   - of row 5 that are perpetual 
      securities                                  56,587              5,700                 -            -    62,287 
---  ---------------------------------------  ----------    ---------------    --------------    --------- 
 
   1   The entity's capital and TLAC are held by HSBC Holdings plc. 
   2   Excludes the value of share premium and reserves attributable to ordinary shareholders. 
 
 Table 20: The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Ltd creditor 
  ranking (TLAC2) 
                                                                               Creditor ranking ($m) 
                                                                  1              2          3              4          5 
                                                                                                                             Sum of 
                                                                (most                                               (most      1 to 
                                                              junior)                                             senior)         5 
      Is the resolution entity 
 1     the creditor/investor?                                     Yes            Yes      No(1)            Yes        Yes 
                                                                                        Primary 
      Description of creditor                                Ordinary            AT1    capital         Tier 2 
 2     ranking                                              shares(2)    instruments      notes    instruments  LAC loans 
      Total capital and liabilities 
 3     net of credit risk mitigation                         22,125          5,700        400          1,780     21,177    51,182 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
      - of row 3 that are excluded 
 4     liabilities                                                -              -          -              -          -         - 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
      Total capital and liabilities 
       less excluded liabilities 
 5     (row 3 minus row 4)                                   22,125          5,700        400          1,780     21,177    51,182 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
      - of row 5 that are eligible 
 6     as TLAC                                               22,125          5,700          -          1,780     21,177    50,782 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
      - of row 6 with 1 year 
       <= residual maturity < 
 7     2 years                                                    -              -          -              -          -         - 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
      - of row 6 with 2 years 
       <= residual maturity < 
 8     5 years                                                    -              -          -              -      9,828     9,828 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
      - of row 6 with 5 years 
       <= residual maturity < 
 9     10 years                                                   -              -          -              -      9,349     9,349 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
 10 
       *    of row 6 with residual maturity >= 10 years, 
       but 
            excluding perpetual securities                        -              -          -          1,780      2,000     3,780 
---  ---------------------------------------------------  ---------    -----------    -------    -----------    ------- 
      - of row 6 that are perpetual 
 11    securities                                            22,125          5,700          -              -          -    27,825 
---  ---------------------------------------------------  ---------    -----------    -------    -----------    -------    ------ 
 
   1   The company's primary capital notes are held by third parties. 
   2   Excludes the value of share premium and reserves attributable to ordinary shareholders. 
 
 Table 21: Hang Seng Bank Ltd creditor ranking (TLAC2) 
                                                                                                              -------- 
                                                                           Creditor ranking ($m) 
                                                                         1                  2            3 
                                                                                                                Sum of 
                                                                       (most                           (most      1 to 
                                                   Footnotes         junior)                         senior)         3 
                                                  ----------                                     ----------- 
      Is the resolution entity the 
 1    creditor/investor?                               1                  No                 No           No 
                                                                    Ordinary 
 2    Description of creditor ranking                              shares(2)    AT1 instruments    LAC loans 
                                                  ----------  -------------- 
      Total capital and liabilities net of 
 3     credit risk mitigation                                        1,240              1,500        2,503     5,243 
     ------------------------------------------- 
 4    - of row 3 that are excluded liabilities                           -                  -            -         - 
     ------------------------------------------- 
      Total capital and liabilities less 
       excluded liabilities (row 3 minus row 
 5     4)                                                            1,240              1,500        2,503     5,243 
     ------------------------------------------- 
 6    - of row 5 that are eligible as TLAC                           1,240              1,500        2,503     5,243 
     ------------------------------------------- 
      - of row 6 with 1 year <= residual 
 7     maturity < 2 years                                                -                  -            -         - 
     ------------------------------------------- 
      - of row 6 with 2 years <= residual 
 8     maturity < 5 years                                                -                  -            -         - 
     ------------------------------------------- 
      - of row 6 with 5 years <= residual 
 9     maturity < 10 years                                               -                  -        2,103     2,103 
     ------------------------------------------- 
 10   - of row 6 with residual maturity >= 
      10 years, but excluding perpetual 
      securities                                                         -                  -          400       400 
---  -------------------------------------------  ----------  ------------    ---------------    --------- 
 11   - of row 6 that are perpetual securities                       1,240              1,500            -     2,740 
---  -------------------------------------------  ----------  ------------    ---------------    ---------    ------ 
 

1 62.14% of Hang Seng Bank Limited's ordinary share capital is owned by The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Hang Seng Bank Limited's other TLAC eligible securities are directly held by The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.

   2   Excludes the value of reserves attributable to ordinary shareholders. 

US resolution group

The US resolution group comprises HSBC North America Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries. HSBC North America Holdings Inc. is the designated resolution entity.

The following table presents information regarding the ranking of creditors of HSBC North America Holdings Inc.

 
 Table 22: HSBC North America Holdings Inc. creditor ranking(1) 
  (TLAC3) 
                                                                                                                              -------- 
                                                                                       Creditor ranking ($m) 
                                                                             1            2                 3            4 
                                                                      --------    ---------    --------------  ----------- 
                                                                                                                                Sum of 
                                                                           (most                                       (most      1 to 
                                                                         junior)                                     senior)         4 
                                                                                                                      Senior 
                                                                                                                   unsecured 
                                                                                                                       loans 
                                                                                                                   and other 
                                                                          Common    Preferred    Subordinated     pari passu 
 1    Description of creditor ranking                      Footnotes    stock(2)        stock           loans    liabilities 
     --------------------------------------------------- 
      Total capital and liabilities 
 2     net of credit risk mitigation                                         -        2,240           2,850          8,333    13,423 
 
      - of row 2 that are excluded 
 3     liabilities                                             3             -            -               -            183       183 
     ---------------------------------------------------                                                                      ------ 
      Total capital and liabilities 
       less excluded liabilities (row 
 4     2 minus row 3)                                                        -        2,240           2,850          8,150    13,240 
     ---------------------------------------------------                                                                      ------ 
      - of row 4 that are potentially 
 5     eligible as TLAC                                                      -        2,240           2,850          8,000    13,090 
     ---------------------------------------------------                                                                      ------ 
      - of row 5 with 1 year <= residual 
 6     maturity < 2 years                                                    -            -               -              -         - 
     ---------------------------------------------------                                                                      ------ 
      - of row 5 with 2 years <= residual 
 7     maturity < 5 years                                                    -            -               -          3,500     3,500 
     ---------------------------------------------------                                                                      ------ 
      - of row 5 with 5 years <= residual 
 8     maturity < 10 years                                                   -            -           2,850          4,500     7,350 
     ---------------------------------------------------                                                                      ------ 
 9 
       *    of row 5 with residual maturity >= 10 years, 
       but 
            excluding perpetual 
 
 
      securities                                                             -            -               -              -         - 
     ---------------------------------------------------                                                                      ------ 
      - of row 5 that are perpetual 
 10    securities                                                            -        2,240               -              -     2,240 
---  ---------------------------------------------------  ----------  --------    ---------    ------------    -----------    ------ 
 
   1   The entity's capital and TLAC are held by HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited. 

2 The nominal value of common stock is $2. This excludes the value of share premium and reserves attributable to ordinary shareholders.

3 Excluded liabilities consists of 'unrelated liabilities' as defined in the Final US TLAC rules. This mainly represents accrued employee benefit obligations.

 
 Pillar 2 and ICAAP 
 

Pillar 2

We conduct an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process ('ICAAP') to determine a forward-looking assessment of our capital requirements given our business strategy, risk profile, risk appetite and capital plan. This process incorporates the Group's risk management processes and governance framework. Our base capital plan undergoes stress testing. This, coupled with our economic capital framework and other risk management practices, is used to assess our internal capital adequacy requirements and inform our view of our internal capital planning buffer. The ICAAP is formally approved by the Board, which has the ultimate responsibility for the effective management of risk and approval of HSBC's risk appetite.

The ICAAP is reviewed by the PRA and by a college of supervisors, as part of the joint risk assessment and decision process, during the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process. This process occurs periodically to enable the regulator to define the individual capital requirement ('ICR') (previously known as the individual capital guidance ('ICG')) or minimum capital requirements for HSBC and to define the PRA buffer, where required. Under the revised Pillar 2 PRA regime, which came into effect from

1 January 2017, the capital planning buffer has been replaced with a 'PRA buffer'. This is not intended to duplicate the CRD IV buffers and, where necessary, will be set according to vulnerability in a stress scenario, as identified and assessed through the annual PRA stress testing exercise.

The processes of internal capital adequacy assessment and supervisory review lead to a final determination by the PRA of the ICR and any PRA buffer that may be required.

Pillar 2 comprises Pillar 2A and Pillar 2B. Pillar 2A considers, in addition to the minimum capital requirements for Pillar 1 risks described above, any supplementary requirements for those risks and any requirements for risk categories not captured by Pillar 1. The risk categories covered under Pillar 2A depend on the specific circumstances of a firm and the nature and scale of its business.

Pillar 2B consists of guidance from the PRA on the capital buffer a firm would require in order to remain above its ICR in adverse circumstances that may be largely outside the firm's normal and direct control; for example, during a period of severe but plausible downturn stress, when asset values and the firm's capital surplus may become strained. This is quantified via any PRA buffer requirement the PRA may consider necessary. The assessment of this is informed by stress tests and a rounded judgement of a firm's business model, also taking into account the PRA's view of a firm's options and capacity to protect its capital position under stress; for instance, through capital generation. Where the PRA assesses that a firm's risk management and governance are significantly weak, it may also increase the PRA buffer to cover the risks posed by those weaknesses until they are addressed. The PRA buffer is intended to be drawn upon in times of stress, and its use is not of itself a breach of capital requirements that would trigger automatic restrictions on distributions. In specific circumstances, the PRA should agree a plan

with a firm for its restoration over an agreed timescale.

Internal capital adequacy assessment

The Board manages the Group ICAAP and, together with RMM and GRC, it examines the Group's risk profile from both a regulatory and economic capital viewpoint. They aim to ensure that capital resources:

   --    remain sufficient to support our risk profile and outstanding commitments; 

-- meet current regulatory requirements, and that HSBC is well placed to meet those expected in the future;

-- allow the group to remain adequately capitalised in the event of a severe economic downturn stress scenario; and

-- remain consistent with our strategic and operational goals, and our shareholder and investor expectations.

The minimum regulatory capital that we are required to hold is determined by the rules and guidance established by the PRA for the consolidated Group and by local regulators for individual Group companies. These capital requirements are a primary factor in influencing and shaping the business planning process, in which RWA targets are established for our global businesses in accordance with the Group's strategic direction and risk appetite.

Economic capital is the internally calculated capital requirement that we deem necessary to support the risks to which we are exposed. The economic capital assessment is a more risk-sensitive measure than the regulatory minimum, and takes account of the substantial diversification of risk accruing from our operations. Both the regulatory and the economic capital assessments rely upon the use of models that are integrated into our risk management processes. Our economic capital models are calibrated to quantify the level of capital that is sufficient to absorb potential losses over a one-year time horizon to a 99.95% level of confidence for our banking and trading activities, to a 99.5% level of confidence for our insurance activities and pension risks, and to a 99.9% level of confidence for our operational risks.

The ICAAP and its constituent economic capital calculations are examined by the PRA as part of its Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process. This examination informs the regulator's view of our Pillar 2 capital requirements.

Preserving our strong capital position remains a priority, and the level of integration of our risk and capital management helps to optimise our response to business demand for regulatory and economic capital. Risks that are explicitly assessed through economic capital are credit risk (including CCR), market risk, operational risk, interest rate risk in the banking book ('IRRBB'), insurance risk, pension risk and structural foreign exchange risk.

 
 Credit risk 
 
 
 Overview and responsibilities 
 

Credit risk represents our largest regulatory capital requirement.

 
 The principal objectives of our 
  credit risk management function 
  are: 
   *    to maintain across HSBC a strong culture of 
        responsible lending and a robust credit risk policy 
        and control framework; 
 
 
   *    to both partner and challenge our businesses in 
        defining, implementing and continually re-evaluating 
        our credit risk appetite under actual and stress 
        scenario conditions; and 
 
 
   *    to ensure there is independent, expert scrutiny of 
        credit risks, their costs and their mitigation. 
============================================================ 
 

The credit risk functions within Wholesale Credit and Market Risk and RBWM are the constituent parts of Global Risk that support the Group CRO in overseeing credit risks. Their major duties comprise undertaking independent reviews of large and high-risk credit proposals, overseeing large exposure policy and reporting on our wholesale and retail credit risk management disciplines. They also own our credit policy and credit systems programmes, oversee portfolio management and report on risk matters to senior executive management and regulators.

These credit risk functions work closely with other parts of Global Risk; for example, with Operational Risk on the internal control framework and with Risk Strategy on the risk appetite process. In addition, they work jointly with Risk Strategy and Global Finance on stress testing.

The credit responsibilities of Global Risk are described on page 75 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Group-wide, the credit risk functions comprise a network of credit risk management offices reporting within regional risk functions. They fulfil an essential role as independent risk control units distinct from business line management in providing objective scrutiny of risk rating assessments, credit proposals for approval and other risk matters.

Our credit risk procedures operate through a hierarchy of personal credit limit approval authorities. Operating company chief executives, acting under authorities delegated by their boards and Group standards, are accountable for credit risk and other risks in their business. In turn, chief executives delegate authority to operating company chief risk officers and management teams on an individual basis. Each operating company is responsible for the quality and performance of its credit portfolios in accordance with Group standards. Above these thresholds of delegated personal credit limited approval authorities, approval must be sought from the regional and, as appropriate, the global credit risk function.

 
 Credit risk management 
 

Our exposure to credit risk arises from a wide range of customer and products, and the risk rating systems in place to measure and monitor these risks are correspondingly diverse. Senior management receives a variety of reports on our credit risk exposures, including expected credit losses, total exposures and RWAs, as well as updates on specific portfolios that are considered to have heightened credit risk.

Credit risk exposures are generally measured and managed in portfolios of either customer types or product categories. Risk rating systems are designed to assess the default propensity of, and loss severity associated with, distinct customers who are typically managed as individual relationships or, in the case of retail business exposures, on a product portfolio basis.

Risk rating systems for retail exposures are generally quantitative in nature, applying techniques such as behavioural analysis across product portfolios comprising large numbers of homogeneous transactions. Rating systems for individually managed relationships typically use customer financial statements and market data analysis, but also qualitative elements and a final subjective overlay to better reflect any idiosyncratic elements of the customer's risk profile.

See 'Application of the IRB Approach' on page 44 for more information.

A fundamental principle of our policy and approach is that analytical risk rating systems and scorecards are all valuable tools at the disposal of management.

The credit process provides for at least an annual review of facility limits granted. Review may be more frequent, as required by circumstances such as the emergence of adverse risk factors.

We constantly seek to improve the quality of our risk management. Group IT systems that process credit risk data continue to be enhanced in order to deliver both comprehensive management information in support of business strategy and solutions to evolving regulatory reporting requirements.

Group standards govern the process through which risk rating systems are initially developed, judged fit for purpose, approved and implemented. They also govern the conditions under which analytical risk model outcomes can be overridden by decision takers and the process of model performance monitoring and reporting. The emphasis is on an effective dialogue between business line and risk management, suitable independence of decision takers, and a good understanding and robust challenge on the part of senior management.

Like other facets of risk management, analytical risk rating systems are not static. They are subject to review and modification in light of the changing environment, the greater availability and quality of data, and any deficiencies identified through internal and external regulatory review. Structured processes and metrics are in place to capture relevant data and feed this into continuous model improvement.

See 'Model performance' on page 51 for more information.

Credit risk models governance

All new or materially changed IRB capital models require the PRA's approval, as set out in more detail on page 44. Throughout HSBC, such models fall directly under the remit of the global functional MOCs, operating in line with HSBC's model risk policy, and under the oversight of the Global MOC.

Both the Wholesale and RBWM MOCs require all credit risk models for which they are responsible to be approved by delegated senior managers with notification to the committees that retain the responsibility for oversight.

Global Risk sets internal standards for the development, validation, independent review, approval, implementation and performance monitoring of credit risk rating models. Independent reviews of our models are performed by our Independent Model Review function which is separate from our Risk Analytics functions that are responsible for the development of models.

We are designing a new target operating model for the MRM function, which sets model risk management policy, standards and model risk appetite.

Further information is available on page 146 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Compliance with Group standards is subject to examination by Risk oversight and review from within the Risk function itself, and by Internal Audit.

Dilution risk

Dilution risk is the risk that an amount receivable is reduced through cash or non-cash credit to the obligor, and arises mainly from factoring and invoice discounting transactions.

Where there is recourse to the seller, we treat these transactions as loans secured by the collateral of the debts purchased and do not report dilution risk for them. For our non-recourse portfolio we obtain an indemnity from the seller that indemnifies us against this risk. Moreover, factoring transactions involve lending at a discount to the face-value of the receivables, which provides protection against dilution risk.

The table below provides a summary of credit risk exposure by exposure class and approach. Further information on credit risk exposure by industry and geography can be found in the Concentration risk section on page 35.

 
 Table 23: Credit risk exposure - summary (CRB-B) 
                                              At 31 Dec 2019                                  At 31 Dec 2018 
                                          Average                                        Average 
                                   Net        net                                 Net        net 
                              carrying   carrying          Capital      RWA  carrying   carrying          Capital        RWA 
                                values  values(3)  RWAs^  required  density    values  values(3)  RWAs^  required    density 
                   Footnotes       $bn        $bn    $bn       $bn        %       $bn        $bn    $bn       $bn          % 
                                                                    ------- 
 IRB advanced 
  approach                     1,935.3    1,892.4  452.6      36.2       29   1,844.5    1,812.1  468.2      37.4       32 
                                                                    ------- 
 - central 
  governments 
  and central 
  banks                          346.3      343.9   36.3       2.9       11     331.7      315.4   36.9       3.0       11 
 - institutions                   74.7       82.4   10.8       0.9       16      80.6       88.0   14.2       1.1       19 
 - corporates          1         959.9      958.1  327.7      26.2       50     948.9      932.0  345.1      27.5       52 
 - total retail                  554.4      508.0   77.8       6.2       16     483.3      476.7   72.0       5.8       17 
  Secured by 
   mortgages 
   on immovable 
   property 
   SME                             3.6        3.6    1.5       0.1       45       3.5        3.2    1.8       0.1       54 
  Secured by 
   mortgages 
   on immovable 
   property 
   non-SME                       314.5      298.9   40.4       3.2       13     285.9      280.9   37.2       3.0       13 
  Qualifying 
   revolving 
   retail                        140.3      135.1   18.8       1.5       23     132.1      129.1   17.3       1.4       23 
---------------- 
  Other SME                        7.9        7.8    4.7       0.4       76       7.5        8.7    4.8       0.4       76 
  Other non-SME                   88.1       62.6   12.4       1.0       18      54.3       54.8   10.9       0.9       24 
                              --------  ---------  -----  --------  -------  --------  ---------  -----  --------  ------- 
 IRB 
  securitisation 
  positions                       20.2       25.0    3.7       0.3       19      29.7       31.0    6.3       0.5       21 
IRB non-credit 
 obligation 
 assets                           62.4       60.1   13.3       1.1       21      56.9       59.2   10.8       0.9       19 
                  ---------- 
IRB foundation 
 approach                         88.3       82.1   32.3       2.6       59      78.4       76.5   30.5       2.4       61 
 - central 
  governments 
  and central 
  banks                              -          -      -         -       20         -          -      -         -       25 
 - institutions                    0.7        0.6    0.2         -       26       0.5        0.3    0.2         -       35 
 - corporates                     87.6       81.5   32.1       2.6       59      77.9       76.2   30.3       2.4       61 
                              --------  ---------  -----  --------  -------  --------  ---------  -----  --------  ------- 
 Standardised 
  approach                       525.3      518.3  174.7      14.0       45     501.8      501.9  175.3      14.1       48 
- central 
 governments 
 and central 
 banks                           176.9      164.5   11.2       0.9        6     163.9      182.5   12.5       1.0        7 
- regional 
 governments 
 or local 
 authorities                       8.9        7.9    1.6       0.1       18       7.3        5.7    1.3       0.1       19 
- public sector 
 entities                         16.6       14.1      -         -        -      12.2        7.6      -         -        - 
- multilateral 
 development 
 banks                             0.1        0.1      -         -        -       0.2        0.2      -         -        2 
- international 
 organisations                     1.6        1.5      -         -        -       1.6        2.0      -         -        - 
- institutions                     2.4        2.8    0.9       0.1       58       3.4        3.0    1.2       0.1       52 
- corporates                     159.8      181.4   72.5       5.8       94     179.4      168.4   79.2       6.3       94 
- retail                          70.7       67.0   14.4       1.2       74      63.8       66.2   14.8       1.2       74 
- secured by 
 mortgages 
 on immovable 
 property                         33.4       32.1   12.0       1.0       37      32.0       30.3   11.3       0.9       37 
- exposures in 
 default                           3.4        3.1    4.1       0.3      114       3.0        3.0    3.8       0.3      117 
- items 
 associated with 
 particularly 
 high risk                         5.5        5.3    7.9       0.6      150       4.8        4.2    6.9       0.6      150 
- securitisation 
 positions                        16.3        8.1    4.6       0.4       28       2.7        2.5    2.1       0.2       82 
- collective 
 investment 
 undertakings 
 ('CIU')                           0.4        0.5    0.4         -      100       0.6        0.6    0.6       0.1      100 
- equity 
 exposures             2          16.4       16.2   36.3       2.9      220      15.6       13.2   35.0       2.8      223 
- other items                     12.9       13.7    8.8       0.7       68      11.3       12.5    6.6       0.5       58 
                  ----------  --------  ---------  -----  --------  -------  --------  ---------  -----  --------  ------- 
Total                          2,631.5    2,577.9  676.6      54.2       33   2,511.3    2,480.7  691.1      55.3       35 
                  ----------  --------  ---------  -----  --------  -------  --------  ---------         --------  ------- 
 
   ^    Figures have been prepared on an IFRS 9 transitional basis. 

1 Corporates includes specialised lending exposures which are reported in more detail in Table 75: Specialised lending on slotting approach (CR10).

   2   Equity exposures include investments that are risk weighted at 250%. 

3 Average net carrying values are calculated by aggregating net carrying values of the last five quarters and dividing by five.

 
 Credit quality 
 

We are a universal bank with a conservative approach to credit risk. This is reflected in our credit risk profile being diversified across a number of asset classes and geographies with a credit quality profile mainly concentrated in the higher quality bands. The following tables present information on the credit quality of exposures by exposure class, industry and geography. For further detail on the credit quality of STD exposures, refer to Table 41 and 74. Information on the credit quality of IRB exposures can be found in Table 76.

 
 Table 24: Credit quality of exposures by exposure classes and instruments(1) 
  (CR1-A) 
                                                     Gross carrying 
                                                        values of 
                                                                                                               Credit 
                                                                                                                 risk 
                                                                                 Specific                  adjustment 
                                                                                   credit    Write-offs       charges         Net 
                                                Defaulted    Non-defaulted           risk        in the        of the    carrying 
                                                exposures        exposures    adjustments       year(2)     period(2)      values 
                                                      $bn              $bn            $bn           $bn           $bn         $bn 
                                              -----------  ---------------  -------------  ------------  ------------  ---------- 
      Central governments and central 
 1     banks                                          -            346.4            0.1             -             -       346.3 
 2    Institutions                                    -             75.4              -             -             -        75.4 
 3     Corporates                                   6.9          1,044.9            4.3           0.9           1.0     1,047.5 
----  -------------------------------------- 
 
 4       *    of which: specialised lending         1.1             50.8            0.5             -             -        51.4 
      -------------------------------------- 
 6    Retail                                        3.4            553.0            2.0           0.8           1.1       554.4 
 
 7      *    Secured by real estate property        2.4            316.0            0.3             -             -       318.1 
      -------------------------------------- 
 8       SMEs                                       0.1              3.6            0.1             -             -         3.6 
      -------------------------------------- 
 9       Non-SMEs                                   2.3            312.4            0.2             -             -       314.5 
      -------------------------------------- 
 
 10     *    Qualifying revolving retail            0.3            141.0            1.0           0.4           0.6       140.3 
 
 11      *    Other retail                          0.7             96.0            0.7           0.4           0.5        96.0 
      -------------------------------------- 
 12      SMEs                                       0.4              7.8            0.3           0.2           0.2         7.9 
      -------------------------------------- 
 13      Non-SMEs                                   0.3             88.2            0.4           0.2           0.3        88.1 
----  -------------------------------------- 
 15    Total IRB approach                          10.3          2,019.7            6.4           1.7           2.1     2,023.6 
----  -------------------------------------- 
      Central governments and central 
 16    banks                                          -            176.9              -             -             -       176.9 
      Regional governments or local 
 17    authorities                                    -              8.9              -             -             -         8.9 
 18   Public sector entities                          -             16.6              -             -             -        16.6 
 19   Multilateral development banks                  -              0.1              -             -             -         0.1 
 20   International organisations                     -              1.6              -             -             -         1.6 
 21   Institutions                                    -              2.4              -             -             -         2.4 
 22   Corporates                                    3.7            160.3            2.0           0.5           0.2       162.0 
 24   Retail                                        1.0             71.7            1.4           0.7           0.8        71.3 
 25   - of which: SMEs                                -              1.3            0.1             -             -         1.2 
      Secured by mortgages on immovable 
 26    property                                     0.7             33.5            0.2             -             -        34.0 
 27   - of which: SMEs                                -              0.1              -             -             -         0.1 
 28   Exposures in default                          5.4                -            2.0           1.2           1.0         3.4 
      Items associated with particularly 
 29    high risk                                    0.1              5.4              -             -             -         5.5 
      Collective investment undertakings 
 32    ('CIU')                                        -              0.4              -             -             -         0.4 
 33   Equity exposures                                -             16.4              -             -             -        16.4 
 34   Other exposures                                 -             12.9              -             -             -        12.9 
 35    Total standardised approach                  5.5            507.1            3.6           1.2           1.0       509.0 
----  -------------------------------------- 
 36    Total at 31 Dec 2019                        15.8          2,526.8           10.0           2.9           3.1     2,532.6 
----  -------------------------------------- 
      - of which: loans                            14.6          1,274.0            9.4           2.9           3.1     1,279.2 
      - of which: debt securities                     -            377.4            0.1             -             -       377.3 
       - of which: off-balance sheet 
        exposures                                   1.2            837.5            0.5             -             -       838.2 
----  -------------------------------------- 
 
 
Table 24: Credit quality of exposures by exposure classes and instruments(1) 
 (CR1-A) (continued) 
                                   Gross carrying 
                                      values of 
                                                                                                Credit 
                                                                                                  risk 
                                                                 Specific                   adjustment 
                                                                   credit    Write-offs        charges 
                               Defaulted    Non-defaulted            risk        in the         of the    Net carrying 
                               exposures        exposures     adjustments       year(2)      period(2)          values 
                                     $bn              $bn             $bn           $bn            $bn             $bn 
                            ------------  ---------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  -------------- 
      Central governments 
      and central 
 1    banks                          -            331.8             0.1             -              -           331.7 
 
 2    Institutions                   -             81.1               -             -              -            81.1 
3     Corporates                   6.9          1,024.0             4.1           0.8            0.5         1,026.8 
 
      - of which: 
4     specialised lending          0.8             49.3             0.4             -            0.1            49.7 
 6    Retail                       3.3            481.8             1.8           0.7            0.9           483.3 
      - Secured by real 
 7    estate property              2.5            287.3             0.4             -            0.1           289.4 
 8      SMEs                       0.1              3.5             0.1             -            0.1             3.5 
 9      Non-SMEs                   2.4            283.8             0.3             -              -           285.9 
      - Qualifying 
 10   revolving retail             0.1            132.7             0.7           0.3            0.4           132.1 
 11   - Other retail               0.7             61.8             0.7           0.4            0.4            61.8 
 12   SMEs                         0.3              7.5             0.3           0.2            0.2             7.5 
13    Non-SMEs                     0.4             54.3             0.4           0.2            0.2            54.3 
 15   Total IRB approach          10.2          1,918.7             6.0           1.5            1.4         1,922.9 
---- 
      Central governments 
      and central 
16    banks                          -            163.9               -             -              -           163.9 
      Regional governments 
      or local 
 17   authorities                    -              7.3               -             -              -             7.3 
      Public sector 
 18   entities                       -             12.2               -             -              -            12.2 
      Multilateral 
 19   development banks              -              0.2               -             -              -             0.2 
      International 
 20   organisations                  -              1.6               -             -              -             1.6 
 21   Institutions                   -              3.4               -             -              -             3.4 
 22   Corporates                   3.3            180.0             2.1           0.3            0.4           181.2 
 24   Retail                       1.1             64.9             1.5           0.7            0.5            64.5 
 25   - of which: SMEs               -              1.2               -             -              -             1.2 
      Secured by mortgages 
      on immovable 
 26   property                     0.6             32.1             0.2             -              -            32.5 
 27   - of which: SMEs               -              0.1               -             -              -             0.1 
 28   Exposures in default         5.1                -             2.1           1.0            0.8             3.0 
      Items associated 
      with particularly 
 29   high risk                    0.1              4.7               -             -              -             4.8 
      Collective 
      investment 
      undertakings 
 32   ('CIU')                        -              0.6               -             -              -             0.6 
 33   Equity exposures               -             15.6               -             -              -            15.6 
 34   Other exposures                -             11.3               -             -              -            11.3 
      Total standardised 
35    approach                     5.1            497.8             3.8           1.0            0.9           499.1 
 
 36   Total at 31 Dec 2018        15.3          2,416.5             9.8           2.5            2.3         2,422.0 
---- 
      - of which: loans           13.7          1,233.4             9.1           2.5            2.3         1,238.0 
      - of which: debt 
      securities                     -            348.5               -             -              -           348.5 
      - of which: 
      off-balance sheet 
      exposures                    1.6            798.7             0.6             -              -           799.7 
 
 
   1   Securitisation positions and non-credit obligation assets are not included in this table. 
   2   Presented on a year-to-date basis. 
 
 Table 25: Credit quality of exposures by industry or counterparty types(1), 
  (2) (CR1-B) 
                                  Gross carrying 
                                     values of 
                                                                                                 Credit 
                                                                                                   risk 
                                                                Specific                     adjustment 
                                                                  credit      Write-offs        charges 
                              Defaulted    Non-defaulted            risk          in the         of the    Net carrying 
                              exposures        exposures     adjustments         year(3)      period(3)          values 
                                    $bn              $bn             $bn             $bn            $bn             $bn 
 1    Agriculture                 0.3              9.7             0.2               -            -               9.8 
      Mining & oil 
 2    extraction                  0.4             41.1             0.3               -            -              41.2 
 3    Manufacturing               1.8            261.3             1.4             0.6          0.8             261.7 
 4    Utilities                   0.2             32.2             0.1             0.1            -              32.3 
 5    Water supply                  -              3.4               -               -            -               3.4 
 6    Construction                1.2             46.1             0.6             0.2          0.1              46.7 
      Wholesale & 
 7    retail trade                2.1            204.3             1.3             0.3          0.3             205.1 
      Transportation & 
 8    storage                     0.4             44.6             0.2               -            -              44.8 
      Accommodation & 
 9    food services               0.3             29.0             0.1             0.1          0.1              29.2 
      Information & 
 10   communication                 -             16.8             0.1               -            -              16.7 
      Financial & 
 11   insurance                   0.4            535.0             0.3               -          0.1             535.1 
                           ----------    -------------    ------------    ------------    ---------      ------------ 
 12   Real estate                 1.2            196.0             0.7               -          0.1             196.5 
      Professional 
 13   activities                  0.1             28.0             0.1               -            -              28.0 
      Administrative 
 14   service                     2.0            154.9             0.9               -          0.1             156.0 
      Public admin & 
 15   defence                     0.2            214.1             0.2               -         (0.2)            214.1 
 16   Education                     -              3.6               -               -            -               3.6 
      Human health & 
 17   social work                 0.2              7.1             0.1               -            -               7.2 
      Arts & 
 18   entertainment                 -              7.0               -             0.1            -               7.0 
 19   Other services              0.2             17.6             0.1               -          0.1              17.7 
 20   Personal                    4.8            631.6             3.3             1.5          1.6             633.1 
      Extra-territorial 
 21   bodies                        -             43.4               -               -            -              43.4 
                           ----------    -------------    ------------    ------------    ---------      ------------ 
      Total at 31 Dec 
 22   2019                       15.8          2,526.8            10.0             2.9          3.1           2,532.6 
----                       ----------    -------------    ------------    ------------    --------- 
 
 1    Agriculture                 0.3              8.6             0.1               -            -               8.8 
      Mining & oil 
 2    extraction                  0.5             40.9             0.3             0.1         (0.1)             41.1 
 3    Manufacturing               2.0            255.6             1.4             0.4          0.3             256.2 
 4    Utilities                   0.1             31.5             0.2               -            -              31.4 
 5    Water supply                  -              3.6               -               -            -               3.6 
 6    Construction                1.4             39.8             0.6               -          0.2              40.6 
      Wholesale & 
 7    retail trade                2.2            203.4             1.3             0.3          0.4             204.3 
      Transportation & 
 8    storage                     0.4             45.0             0.2               -          0.1              45.2 
      Accommodation & 
 9    food services               0.4             27.2             0.2               -            -              27.4 
---- 
      Information & 
 10   communication                 -             18.8             0.1               -          0.1              18.7 
---- 
      Financial & 
 11   insurance                   0.3            531.4             0.2             0.1         (0.1)            531.5 
---- 
 12   Real estate                 1.0            189.3             0.6               -          0.2             189.7 
---- 
      Professional 
 13   activities                  0.2             28.5             0.1               -          0.1              28.6 
---- 
      Administrative 
 14   service                     1.1            146.3             0.9             0.1          0.1             146.5 
      Public admin & 
 15   defence                     0.4            192.0             0.4               -            -             192.0 
 16   Education                     -              3.5               -               -            -               3.5 
      Human health & 
 17   social work                 0.2              6.9             0.1               -            -               7.0 
      Arts & 
 18   entertainment                 -              8.5               -               -            -               8.5 
 19   Other services              0.2             13.0             0.1               -            -              13.1 
 20   Personal                    4.6            572.8             3.0             1.5          1.0             574.4 
      Extra-territorial 
 21   bodies                        -             49.9               -               -            -              49.9 
---- 
      Total at 31 Dec 
 22   2018                       15.3          2,416.5             9.8             2.5          2.3           2,422.0 
---- 
 
   1   Securitisation positions and non-credit obligation assets are not included in this table. 

2 The industry classifications of this disclosure have been revised. 31 December 2018 data has been restated to be on a consistent basis with the current year.

   3   Presented on a year-to-date basis. 
 
 Table 26: Credit quality of exposures by geography(1) (CR1-C) 
                                 Gross carrying 
                                    values of 
                                                                                                Credit 
                                                                                                  risk 
                                                               Specific                     adjustment 
                                                                 credit      Write-offs        charges 
                             Defaulted    Non-defaulted            risk          in the         of the    Net carrying 
                             exposures        exposures     adjustments         year(2)      period(2)          values 
                                   $bn              $bn             $bn             $bn            $bn             $bn 
 1    Europe                     7.1            811.5             3.8             1.1          1.2             814.8 
 2    - United Kingdom           4.6            505.5             2.7             0.8          1.0             507.4 
 3    - France                   1.2            136.5             0.6             0.1          0.2             137.1 
 4    - Other countries          1.3            169.5             0.5             0.2            -             170.3 
 
 5    Asia                       2.5          1,056.3             2.3             0.6          0.8           1,056.5 
 6    - Hong Kong                0.7            531.7             0.9             0.2          0.4             531.5 
 7    - China                    0.3            163.3             0.4             0.1          0.2             163.2 
 8    - Singapore                0.2             76.5             0.2               -          0.1              76.5 
 9    - Australia                0.2             59.4             0.1               -            -              59.5 
 10   - Other countries          1.1            225.4             0.7             0.3          0.1             225.8 
 
 11   MENA                       3.5            145.2             2.1             0.4          0.1             146.6 
 12   North America              1.9            439.8             0.7             0.2          0.3             441.0 
 
      - United States of 
 13   America                    1.2            311.0             0.4             0.2          0.2             311.8 
 14   - Canada                   0.3            112.5             0.2               -          0.1             112.6 
 15   - Other countries          0.4             16.3             0.1               -            -              16.6 
---- 
 16   Latin America              0.8             60.3             1.1             0.6          0.7              60.0 
      Other geographical 
 17   areas                        -             13.7               -               -            -              13.7 
      Total at 31 Dec 
 18   2019                      15.8          2,526.8            10.0             2.9          3.1           2,532.6 
---- 
 
 1    Europe                     6.7            780.1             3.8             0.9          1.0             783.0 
 2    - United Kingdom           4.1            474.2             2.4             0.8          0.9             475.9 
 3    - France                   1.0            127.2             0.6             0.1            -             127.6 
 4    - Other countries          1.6            178.7             0.8               -          0.1             179.5 
 5    Asia                       2.8          1,001.7             2.1             0.6          0.8           1,002.4 
 6    - Hong Kong                0.9            497.5             0.7             0.3          0.1             497.7 
 7    - China                    0.3            157.3             0.3             0.1          0.2             157.3 
 8    - Singapore                0.2             71.9             0.2               -          0.1              71.9 
 9    - Australia                0.2             52.5             0.2               -            -              52.5 
 10   - Other countries          1.2            222.5             0.7             0.2          0.4             223.0 
 11   MENA                       2.9            137.3             2.3             0.3          0.3             137.9 
 12   North America              2.0            419.4             0.6             0.2         (0.1)            420.8 
      - United States of 
 13   America                    1.3            295.1             0.3             0.1            -             296.1 
 14   - Canada                   0.2            107.5             0.2             0.1            -             107.5 
 15   - Other countries          0.5             16.8             0.1               -         (0.1)             17.2 
 16   Latin America              0.9             62.9             1.0             0.5          0.3              62.8 
      Other geographical 
 17   areas                        -             15.1               -               -            -              15.1 
      Total at 31 Dec 
 18   2018                      15.3          2,416.5             9.8             2.5          2.3           2,422.0 
---- 
 

1 Amounts shown by geographical region and country/territory in this table are based on the country/territory of residence of the counterparty. Securitisation positions and non-credit obligation assets are not included in this table.

   2   Presented on a year-to-date basis. 
 
 Table 27: Changes in stock of general and specific credit risk adjustments 
  (CR2-A) 
                                                                      Twelve months to 31 Dec 
                                                                2019                                 2018 
                                                                                           Accumulated     Accumulated 
                                                      Accumulated          Accumulated        specific         general 
                                                         specific              general          credit          credit 
                                                           credit               credit            risk            risk 
                                                 risk adjustments     risk adjustments     adjustments     adjustments 
                                  Footnotes                   $bn                  $bn             $bn             $bn 
----                            ------------  -------------------  ------------------- 
      Opening balance at the 
      beginning of 
 1    the period                                         9.8                       -          10.4                 - 
                                ------------ 
      Increases due to amounts 
      set aside for 
      estimated loan losses 
 2    during the period               1                  3.1                       -           2.3                 - 
----                            ------------ 
      Decreases due to amounts 
      taken against 
      accumulated credit risk 
4     adjustments                                       (2.9)                      -          (2.5)                - 
      Impact of exchange rate 
6     differences                                          -                       -          (0.4)                - 
      Closing balance at the 
 9    end of the period                                 10.0                       -           9.8                 - 
      Recoveries on credit 
      risk adjustments 
      recorded directly to the 
      statement of 
 10   profit or loss                                     0.4                       -           0.4                 - 
----                            ------------  --------------  ---  ----------------- 
 

1 Following adoption of IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments', the movement due to amounts set aside for estimated loan losses during the period has been reported on a net basis.

 
 Table 28: Changes in stock of defaulted loans and debt securities (CR2-B) 
                                                                            Twelve months 
                                                                               to 31 Dec 
                                                                              2019         2018 
                                                                             Gross        Gross 
                                                                          carrying     carrying 
                                                                             value        value 
                                                            Footnotes          $bn          $bn 
     Defaulted loans and debt securities at the beginning 
 1    of the period                                                        13.7         15.1 
    ----------------------------------------------------- 
 2  Loans and debt securities that have defaulted since 
     the last reporting period                                              6.5          5.7 
 3   Returned to non-defaulted status                                      (1.0)        (1.3) 
                                                                       -------- 
 4   Amounts written off                                                   (2.9)        (2.5) 
 5   Other changes                                              1          (0.1)        (0.8) 
                                                           ---------- 
 7   Repayments                                                            (1.6)        (2.5) 
    -----------------------------------------------------              -------- 
 6  Defaulted loans and debt securities at the end of 
     the period                                                            14.6         13.7 
                                                           ----------  -------- 
 

1 Other changes include foreign exchange movements and changes in assets held for sale in default.

 
 Non-performing and forborne exposures 
 

Tables 29 to 32 are presented in accordance with the EBA's

'Guidelines on disclosure of non-performing and forborne exposures'.

The EBA defines non-performing exposures as exposures with material amounts that are more than 90 days past due or exposures where the debtor is assessed as unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full without the realisation of collateral, regardless of the existence of any past due amounts or number days past due. Any debtors that are in default for regulatory purposes or impaired under the applicable accounting framework are always considered as non-performing exposures. The Annual Report and Accounts 2019 does not define non-performing exposures, however, the definition of credit-impaired (stage 3) is aligned to the EBA's definition of non-performing exposures.

Forborne exposures are defined by the EBA as exposures where the bank has made concessions toward a debtor that is

experiencing or about to experience financial difficulties in meeting its financial commitments. In the Annual Report and Accounts 2019, forborne exposures are reported as 'renegotiated loans'. This term is aligned to the EBA definition of forborne exposure, except in its treatment of 'cures'.

Under the EBA definition, exposures cease to be reported as forborne if they pass three tests:

-- the forborne exposure must have been considered to be performing for a 'probation period' of at least two years;

-- regular payments of more than an insignificant aggregate amount of principal or interest have been made during at least half of the probation period; and

   --    no exposure to the debtor is more than 30 days past due at the end of the probation period. 

In the Annual Report and Accounts 2019, renegotiated loans retain this classification until maturity or de-recognition.

 
 Table 29: Credit quality of forborne exposures 
                              Gross carrying amount/nominal                Accumulated impairment, 
                                          amount                             accumulated negative             Collateral received 
                                                                                changes in fair                   and financial 
                                                                              value due to credit              guarantees received 
                                                                              risk and provisions             on forborne exposures 
                                            Non-performing 
                                                forborne 
                                                                                  On                On                        Of which 
                                                                          performing    non-performing                        forborne 
                       Performing               Of which    Of which        forborne          forborne                  non-performing 
                         forborne     Total    defaulted    impaired       exposures         exposures         Total         exposures 
                              $bn       $bn          $bn         $bn             $bn               $bn           $bn               $bn 
                     ------------                                                                         ----------  ---------------- 
          At 31 Dec 
               2019 
      Loans and 
 1    advances              1.7       5.7          5.7         5.7               -          (1.8)              3.2               2.4 
 2    Central banks           -         -            -           -               -             -                 -                 - 
      General 
 3    governments             -         -            -           -               -             -                 -                 - 
---- 
      Credit 
4     institutions            -         -            -           -               -             -                 -                 - 
      Other 
      financial 
 5    corporations            -         -            -           -               -             -                 -                 - 
      Non-financial 
 6     corporations         1.7       3.5          3.5         3.5               -          (1.4)              1.8               1.0 
 7    Households              -       2.2          2.2         2.2               -          (0.4)              1.4               1.4 
 
      Debt 
 8    securities              -         -            -           -               -             -                 -                 - 
----                                                                                              ---- 
      Loan 
      commitments 
9     given                   -       0.1          0.1         0.1               -             -               0.1               0.1 
 10   Total                 1.7       5.8          5.8         5.8               -          (1.8)              3.3               2.5 
----                                                                                               --- 
 

Table 30 presents an analysis of performing and non-performing exposures by days past due. The gross non-performing loan ('NPL') ratio at 31 Dec 2019 was 0.94% calculated in line with the EBA guidelines.

 
 Table 30: Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures 
  by past due days 
                                                              Gross carrying amount/nominal amount(1) 
                            Performing exposures                                      Non-performing exposures 
                                                                   Unlikely 
                                                                     to pay 
                                                                        but 
                                         Not                            not 
                                        past    Past                   past    Past    Past     Past     Past     Past 
                                         due     due                    due     due     due      due      due      due 
                                     or past    > 30                or past    > 90   > 180      > 1      > 2      > 5     Past 
                                         due    days                    due    days    days     year    years    years      due 
                                       <= 30   <= 90                  <= 90  <= 180    <= 1     <= 2     <= 5     <= 7      > 7    of which: 
                            Total       days    days      Total        days    days    year    years    years    years    years    defaulted 
                              $bn        $bn     $bn        $bn         $bn     $bn     $bn      $bn      $bn      $bn      $bn          $bn 
        At 31 Dec 2019 
     Loans and 
1    advances           1,535.0    1,533.2     1.8       14.6         7.4     2.8     0.8      1.1      1.7      0.3      0.5         14.6 
 
2    Central banks        191.7      191.7       -          -           -       -       -        -        -        -        -            - 
 
     General 
3    governments            9.9        9.9       -          -           -       -       -        -        -        -        -            - 
 
     Credit 
4    institutions         126.0      126.0       -          -           -       -       -        -        -        -        -            - 
 
     Other financial 
5     corporations        238.5      238.4     0.1        0.3         0.3       -       -        -        -        -        -          0.3 
 
     Non-financial 
6     corporations        537.6      537.2     0.4        9.5         4.8     1.9     0.3      0.8      1.1      0.2      0.4          9.5 
8    Households           431.3      430.0     1.3        4.8         2.3     0.9     0.5      0.3      0.6      0.1      0.1          4.8 
 
9    Debt securities      381.2      381.2       -          -           -       -       -        -        -        -        -            - 
                                                                                                                                 --------- 
10   Central banks         66.9       66.9       -          -           -       -       -        -        -        -        -            - 
                                                                                                                                 --------- 
     General 
11   governments          229.9      229.9       -          -           -       -       -        -        -        -        -            - 
     Credit 
12   institutions          36.8       36.8       -          -           -       -       -        -        -        -        -            - 
     Other financial 
13    corporations         41.0       41.0       -          -           -       -       -        -        -        -        -            - 
     Non-financial 
14    corporations          6.6        6.6       -          -           -       -       -        -        -        -        -            - 
     Off-balance-sheet 
15    exposures           709.5          N/A     N/A      1.2           N/A     N/A     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A        1.2 
                                                                                                                                 --------- 
16   Central banks          0.1          N/A     N/A        -           N/A     N/A     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A          - 
     General 
17   governments            2.7          N/A     N/A        -           N/A     N/A     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A          - 
     Credit 
18   institutions          56.3          N/A     N/A        -           N/A     N/A     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A          - 
     Other financial 
19    corporations         54.9          N/A     N/A        -           N/A     N/A     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A          - 
     Non-financial 
20    corporations        373.1          N/A     N/A      1.0           N/A     N/A     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A        1.0 
21   Households           222.4          N/A     N/A      0.2           N/A     N/A     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A        0.2 
22   Total              2,625.7    1,914.4     1.8       15.8         7.4     2.8     0.8      1.1      1.7      0.3      0.5         15.8 
 
 

1 Includes reverse repos and settlement accounts

The table below provides information on the instruments that were cancelled in exchange for collateral obtained by taking possession and on the value of the collateral obtained by taking possession. The value at initial recognition represents the gross carrying amount of the collateral obtained by taking possession at initial recognition on the balance sheet, whilst the accumulated negative changes is the accumulated impairment or negative change on the initial recognition value of the collateral obtained by taking possession including amortisation in the case of PP&E and investment properties.

 
 Table 31: Collateral obtained by taking possession and execution processes 
                                                                                    At 31 Dec 2019 
                                                                                 Collateral obtained 
                                                                                 by taking possession 
                                                                                         Value    Accumulated 
                                                                                    at initial       negative 
                                                                                   recognition        changes 
                                                                                           $bn            $bn 
1   Property, plant and equipment (PP&E)                                                   -              - 
2   Other than PP&E                                                                      0.1              - 
3   Residential immovable property                                                       0.1              - 
8   Total                                                                                0.1              - 
 
 

The following table provides information on the gross carrying amount of exposures and related impairment with further detail on the IFRS 9 stage, accumulated partial write off and collateral. The IFRS 9 stages have the following characteristics:

-- stage 1: These financial assets are unimpaired and without a significant increase in credit risk. A 12-month allowance for ECL is recognised;

-- stage 2: A significant increase in credit risk has been experienced on these financial assets since initial recognition. A lifetime ECL is recognised;

-- stage 3: There is objective evidence of impairment and the financial assets are therefore considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired. A lifetime ECL is recognised.

-- Purchased or originated credit-impaired ('POCI'): Financial assets purchased or originated at a deep discount are seen to reflect incurred credit losses. A lifetime ECL is recognised. These exposures are included in stage 3 in table 32 below.

Refer to the section 'EL and credit risk adjustments' on page 44 for further information on IFRS 9.

Credit-impaired (stage 3) exposures are disclosed on page 105 and 120 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Table 32: Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions 
                                                                                                   Accumulated impairment,                                            Collaterals 
                                                                                                 accumulated negative changes                                         and financial 
                                      Gross carrying amount/nominal                               in fair value due to credit                                          guarantees 
                                                 amount(1)                                            risk and provisions                                               received 
                                 Performing                  Non-performing                Performing                Non-performing 
                                  exposures                     exposures                   exposures                   exposures 
                                                   of                of         of                of       of                  of       of                             On                 On 
                                    of which    which             which      which             which    which               which    which   Accu-mulated     perfor-ming    non-perfo-rming 
                                       stage    stage             stage      stage             stage    stage               stage    stage      partial             expo-              expo- 
                                           1        2                 2          3                 1        2                   2        3     write-off            sures              sures 
                              $bn        $bn      $bn      $bn      $bn        $bn      $bn      $bn      $bn        $bn      $bn      $bn             $bn            $bn                $bn 
                                                                                                                                            -------------- 
                 At 31 
              Dec 2019 
     Loans 
1     and advances      1,535.0    1,448.0     82.0     14.6        -       14.6    (3.8)    (1.4)    (2.5)     (5.5)         -    (5.5)       (0.5)              931.4                5.6 
                                                                                                                                                      ---- 
     Central 
 2    banks               191.7      190.4      1.3        -        -          -       -        -        -         -          -       -           -                 8.3                  - 
 
     General 
3     governments           9.9        9.3      0.6        -        -          -       -        -        -         -          -       -           -                 2.1                  - 
 
     Credit 
4     institutions        126.0      125.8      0.1        -        -          -       -        -        -         -          -       -           -                83.9                  - 
 
     Other 
      financial 
5     corporations        238.5      229.4      5.2      0.3        -        0.3    (0.1)    (0.1)    (0.1)     (0.2)         -    (0.2)          -               169.3                  - 
 
     Non-financial 
6     corporations        537.6      477.7     59.2      9.5        -        9.5    (1.7)    (0.7)    (1.0)     (4.1)         -    (4.1)       (0.2)              295.0                2.7 
8    Households           431.3      415.4     15.6      4.8        -        4.8    (2.0)    (0.6)    (1.4)     (1.2)         -    (1.2)       (0.3)              372.8                2.9 
                                                                                                                                                      ---- 
9    Debt securities      381.2      379.6      0.4        -        -          -    (0.1)       -     (0.1)        -          -       -           -                19.3                  - 
                                                                                                                                                     ----- 
     Central 
10    banks                66.9       66.8      0.1        -        -          -       -        -        -         -          -       -           -                   -                  - 
                                                                                                                                                     ----- 
     General 
11    governments         229.9      229.0      0.2        -        -          -    (0.1)       -     (0.1)        -          -       -           -                 6.3                  - 
     Credit 
12    institutions         36.8       36.8      0.1        -        -          -       -        -        -         -          -       -           -                   -                  - 
     Other 
      financial 
13    corporations         41.0       40.6        -        -        -          -       -        -        -         -          -       -           -                13.0                  - 
     Non-financial 
14    corporations          6.6        6.4        -        -        -          -       -        -        -         -          -       -           -                   -                  - 
     Off-balance-sheet 
15    exposures           709.5      614.6     24.0      1.2        -        1.2    (0.4)    (0.1)    (0.2)     (0.2)         -    (0.1)                          117.5                0.1 
     Central 
16    banks                 0.1        0.1        -        -        -          -       -        -        -         -          -       -                               -                  - 
     General 
17    governments           2.7        1.7      0.1        -        -          -       -        -        -         -          -       -                             0.3                  - 
     Credit 
18    institutions         56.3       52.6        -        -        -          -       -        -        -         -          -       -                             0.4                  - 
     Other 
      financial 
19    corporations         54.9       51.2      1.4        -        -          -    (0.1)       -        -         -          -       -                             6.9                  - 
     Non-financial 
 20   corporations        373.1      288.2     20.9      1.0        -        1.0    (0.3)    (0.1)    (0.2)     (0.2)         -    (0.1)                           60.6                0.1 
21   Households           222.4      220.8      1.6      0.2        -        0.2       -        -        -         -          -       -                            49.3                  - 
22   Total              2,625.7    2,442.2    106.4     15.8        -       15.8    (4.3)    (1.5)    (2.8)     (5.7)         -    (5.6)       (0.5)            1,068.2                5.7 
                                                                                                                                                      ---- 
 

1 Includes reverse repos and settlement accounts.

Table 33 analyses past due unimpaired and credit-impaired exposures on a regulatory consolidation basis using accounting values. There are no material differences between the regulatory and accounting scope of consolidation.

All amounts past due more than 90 days are considered credit impaired even where regulatory rules deem default as 180 days past due.

 
 Table 33: Amount of past due unimpaired and credit-impaired exposures 
  by geographical region 
                                            Europe   Asia   MENA  North America  Latin America     Total 
At 31 Dec 2019                                 $bn    $bn    $bn            $bn            $bn       $bn 
Past due                                       4.2    5.0    3.2            2.1            1.2    15.7 
- personal                                     2.1    2.7    0.7            1.5            0.6     7.6 
- corporate and commercial                     2.1    1.7    2.5            0.5            0.5     7.3 
- financial                                      -    0.6      -            0.1            0.1     0.8 
 
At 31 Dec 2018 
Past due                                       5.0    5.2    3.3            2.3            1.3    17.1 
- personal                                     2.1    2.6    0.8            1.5            0.6     7.6 
- corporate and commercial                     2.9    2.4    2.3            0.8            0.7     9.1 
- financial                                      -    0.2    0.2              -              -     0.4 
 
 
 Concentration risk 
 

Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties or exposures have comparable economic

characteristics, are engaged in similar activities or operate in the same geographical areas or industry sectors so that their collective ability to meet contractual obligations is uniformly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions.

We have a number of global businesses with a broad range of products. We operate in a number of geographical markets with the majority of our exposures in Asia and Europe. We use a number of controls and measures to minimise undue concentration of exposure in our portfolios across industries, countries and global businesses. These include portfolio

and counterparty limits, approval and review controls, and stress

testing. The following tables present information on the concentration of exposures by geography and industry.

 
 Table 34: Geographical breakdown of exposures (CRB-C) 
                                                               Net carrying values(1,2) 
                                         Of which:                                                Of which: 
                                 United                  Other                Hong                                           Other 
                      Europe    Kingdom    France    countries       Asia     Kong    China    Singapore    Australia    countries 
                         $bn        $bn       $bn          $bn        $bn      $bn      $bn          $bn          $bn          $bn 
                    --------                                               -------           -----------               ----------- 
     IRB approach 
     exposure 
     classes 
                    --------                                               -------           -----------               ----------- 
     Central 
     governments 
     and central 
1    banks             3.7        0.1         -          3.6      172.0     54.1     28.7         15.8          8.9         64.5 
 2   Institutions     23.4       12.5       1.6          9.3       34.7      4.1     12.2          2.5          4.1         11.8 
 3   Corporates      308.1      169.0      47.4         91.7      461.0    216.3     85.6         32.8         24.6        101.7 
 4   Retail          243.3      214.1      26.6          2.6      251.6    202.2      5.9         12.3         17.3         13.9 
     Total IRB 
6    approach        578.5      395.7      75.6        107.2      919.3    476.7    132.4         63.4         54.9        191.9 
 
     Standardised 
     approach 
     exposure 
     classes                                                                                                      - 
---                 --------                                               -------           -----------  ---------    ----------- 
     Central 
     governments 
     and central 
7    banks           172.1       99.4      50.5         22.2        0.9      0.4        -            -          0.1          0.4 
     Regional 
     governments 
     or local 
 8   authorities       2.8          -         -          2.8          -        -        -            -            -            - 
     Public sector 
 9   entities         16.6          -       2.9         13.7          -        -        -            -            -            - 
     Multilateral 
     development 
 10  banks               -          -         -            -          -        -        -            -            -            - 
     International 
 11  organisations       -          -         -            -          -        -        -            -            -            - 
 12  Institutions      1.0        0.1       0.8          0.1        0.1        -      0.1            -            -            - 
 13  Corporates       23.0        2.8       3.6         16.6       53.7     32.3      5.7          4.9          2.6          8.2 
 14  Retail            3.1        1.3       0.3          1.5       45.0     11.7      4.8          7.5          1.8         19.2 
     Secured by 
     mortgages 
     on immovable 
 15  property          7.6        2.4       1.0          4.2       16.7      3.6      8.0          0.6          0.1          4.4 
     Exposures in 
 16  default           0.6        0.1       0.1          0.4        0.4      0.1        -            -            -          0.3 
     Items 
     associated 
     with 
     particularly 
     high 
 17  risk              3.4        1.1       0.9          1.4          -        -        -            -            -            - 
     Collective 
     investment 
     undertakings 
 20  ('CIU')           0.4        0.4         -            -          -        -        -            -            -            - 
     Equity 
 21  exposures         1.7        1.1       0.5          0.1       13.4      1.8     11.4          0.1            -          0.1 
     Other 
 22  exposures         4.0        3.0       0.9          0.1        7.0      4.9      0.8            -            -          1.3 
     Total 
     standardised 
23   approach        236.3      111.7      61.5         63.1      137.2     54.8     30.8         13.1          4.6         33.9 
 
     Total at 31 
 24  Dec 2019        814.8      507.4     137.1        170.3    1,056.5    531.5    163.2         76.5         59.5        225.8 
---                                                ---------    -------                      ---------    ---------    --------- 
 
 
Table 34: Geographical breakdown of exposures (CRB-C) 
                                                             Net carrying values(1,2) 
                                                               Of which: 
                                                        United 
                                          North         States                   Other       Latin 
                               MENA     America     of America    Canada     countries     America    Other      Total 
                                $bn         $bn            $bn       $bn           $bn         $bn      $bn        $bn 
                            -------  ----------  -------------  --------  ------------  ----------  -------  --------- 
     IRB approach exposure 
     classes 
---                         -------  ----------  -------------  --------  ------------  ----------  -------  --------- 
     Central governments 
     and 
 1   central banks           20.4       129.3          108.4      20.8           0.1         8.9     12.0      346.3 
 2   Institutions             6.2        10.3            2.1       8.2             -         0.8        -       75.4 
 3   Corporates              48.5       223.1          159.3      55.6           8.2         6.8        -    1,047.5 
 4   Retail                   3.5        55.8           27.4      25.1           3.3         0.2        -      554.4 
 6   Total IRB approach      78.6       418.5          297.2     109.7          11.6        16.7     12.0    2,023.6 
--- 
     Standardised approach 
     exposure 
     classes 
---                         -------  ----------  -------------  --------  ------------  ----------  -------  --------- 
     Central governments 
     and 
 7   central banks            1.7         1.7            1.6       0.1             -         0.5        -      176.9 
     Regional governments 
     or 
 8   local authorities        5.0           -              -         -             -         1.1        -        8.9 
     Public sector 
 9   entities                   -           -              -         -             -           -        -       16.6 
     Multilateral 
     development 
 10  banks                      -           -              -         -             -           -      0.1        0.1 
     International 
 11  organisations              -           -              -         -             -           -      1.6        1.6 
 12  Institutions             1.3           -              -         -             -           -        -        2.4 
 13  Corporates              44.8        10.6            7.6       0.7           2.3        27.7        -      159.8 
 14  Retail                   8.7         4.6            2.3       1.9           0.4         9.3        -       70.7 
     Secured by mortgages 
     on 
 15  immovable property       3.9         1.8            0.6       0.1           1.1         3.4        -       33.4 
 16  Exposures in default     1.6         0.3              -         -           0.3         0.5        -        3.4 
     Items associated with 
     particularly 
 17  high risk                0.2         1.8            0.9         -           0.9         0.1        -        5.5 
     Collective investment 
     undertakings 
 20  ('CIU')                    -           -              -         -             -           -        -        0.4 
 21  Equity exposures         0.2         1.0            1.0         -             -         0.1        -       16.4 
 22  Other exposures          0.6         0.7            0.6       0.1             -         0.6        -       12.9 
     Total standardised 
 23  approach                68.0        22.5           14.6       2.9           5.0        43.3      1.7      509.0 
--- 
 24  Total at 31 Dec 2019   146.6       441.0          311.8     112.6          16.6        60.0     13.7    2,532.6 
---                         -----    --------    -----------    ------    ----------    --------    -----    ------- 
 
 
 Table 34: Geographical breakdown of exposures (CRB-C) (continued) 
                                                              Net carrying values(1,2) 
                                         Of which:                                               Of which: 
                                United                  Other                Hong                                           Other 
                     Europe    Kingdom    France    countries       Asia     Kong    China    Singapore    Australia    countries 
                        $bn        $bn       $bn          $bn        $bn      $bn      $bn          $bn          $bn          $bn 
    IRB approach 
    exposure 
    classes 
    Central 
    governments 
    and central 
1   banks             4.3        0.4       0.1          3.8      172.4     52.9     29.7         15.4          7.2         67.2 
2   Institutions     23.1        8.7       1.8         12.6       40.8      7.0     13.9          2.6          4.4         12.9 
3   Corporates      307.9      171.7      47.2         89.0      440.9    207.9     79.8         32.2         22.9         98.1 
4   Retail          228.1      201.0      25.1          2.0      199.9    161.5      5.4          6.8         13.8         12.4 
    Total IRB 
6   approach        563.4      381.8      74.2        107.4      854.0    429.3    128.8         57.0         48.3        190.6 
                             ------- 
    Standardised 
    approach 
    exposure 
    classes 
    Central 
    governments 
    and central 
7   banks           158.6       82.7      45.3         30.6        0.8      0.5        -            -          0.1          0.2 
    Regional 
    governments 
    or local 
8   authorities       2.7          -         -          2.7          -        -        -            -            -            - 
    Public sector 
9   entities         12.1          -       0.2         11.9          -        -        -            -            -            - 
    Multilateral 
    development 
10  banks               -          -         -            -          -        -        -            -            -            - 
    International 
11  organisations       -          -         -            -          -        -        -            -            -            - 
12  Institutions      1.0          -       0.9          0.1        0.2      0.1        -            -            -          0.1 
13  Corporates       27.3        2.9       4.2         20.2       69.3     45.3      5.5          7.8          2.0          8.7 
14  Retail            3.0        1.2       0.4          1.4       40.2     10.5      3.8          6.6          1.9         17.4 
    Secured by 
    mortgages 
    on immovable 
15  property          5.5        1.4       0.8          3.3       18.8      6.2      7.5          0.4          0.2          4.5 
    Exposures in 
16  default           0.6        0.1         -          0.5        0.4      0.1        -            -            -          0.3 
    Items 
    associated 
    with 
    particularly 
    high 
17  risk              2.9        1.3       0.5          1.1          -        -        -            -            -            - 
    Collective 
    investment 
    undertakings 
20  ('CIU')           0.6        0.6         -            -          -        -        -            -            -            - 
    Equity 
21  exposures         1.5        0.9       0.5          0.1       12.5      1.5     10.8          0.1            -          0.1 
    Other 
22  exposures         3.8        3.0       0.6          0.2        6.2      4.2      0.9            -            -          1.1 
    Total 
    standardised 
23  approach        219.6       94.1      53.4         72.1      148.4     68.4     28.5         14.9          4.2         32.4 
                             ------- 
    Total at 31 
24  Dec 2018        783.0      475.9     127.6        179.5    1,002.4    497.7    157.3         71.9         52.5        223.0 
                             ------- 
 
 
 Table 34: Geographical breakdown of exposures (CRB-C) (continued) 
                                                             Net carrying values(1,2) 
                                                                  Of which: 
                                                        United 
                                          North         States                   Other       Latin 
                               MENA     America     of America    Canada     countries     America    Other      Total 
                                $bn         $bn            $bn       $bn           $bn         $bn      $bn        $bn 
     IRB approach exposure 
      classes 
--- 
     Central governments 
 1    and central banks      17.1       111.9           89.2      22.7             -        12.8     13.2      331.7 
 2   Institutions             6.3        10.2            1.9       8.0           0.3         0.6      0.1       81.1 
 3   Corporates              45.8       223.2          162.8      51.8           8.6         9.0        -    1,026.8 
 4   Retail                   2.4        52.6           27.8      22.3           2.5         0.3        -      483.3 
 6   Total IRB approach      71.6       397.9          281.7     104.8          11.4        22.7     13.3    1,922.9 
--- 
     Standardised approach 
      exposure classes 
--- 
     Central governments 
 7    and central banks       1.7         2.2            2.1       0.1             -         0.6        -      163.9 
     Regional governments 
 8    or local authorities    3.7           -              -         -             -         0.9        -        7.3 
     Public sector 
 9   entities                   -           -              -         -             -         0.1        -       12.2 
     Multilateral 
     development 
 10  banks                      -           -              -         -             -           -      0.2        0.2 
     International 
 11  organisations              -           -              -         -             -           -      1.6        1.6 
 12  Institutions             2.1           -              -         -             -         0.1        -        3.4 
 13  Corporates              44.7        12.3            8.4       0.8           3.1        25.8        -      179.4 
 14  Retail                   8.7         2.9            0.7       1.7           0.5         9.0        -       63.8 
     Secured by mortgages 
 15  on immovable property    3.4         1.7            0.6       0.1           1.0         2.6        -       32.0 
 16  Exposures in default     1.1         0.4            0.1         -           0.3         0.5        -        3.0 
     Items associated with 
     particularly high 
 17  risk                     0.2         1.6            0.8         -           0.8         0.1        -        4.8 
     Collective investment 
 20   undertakings ('CIU')      -           -              -         -             -           -        -        0.6 
 21  Equity exposures         0.2         1.2            1.1         -           0.1         0.2        -       15.6 
 22  Other exposures          0.5         0.6            0.6         -             -         0.2        -       11.3 
     Total standardised 
 23  approach                66.3        22.9           14.4       2.7           5.8        40.1      1.8      499.1 
--- 
 24  Total at 31 Dec 2018   137.9       420.8          296.1     107.5          17.2        62.8     15.1    2,422.0 
--- 
 

1 Amounts shown by geographical region and country/territory in this table are based on the country/territory of residence of the counterparty.

   2   Securitisation positions and non-credit obligation assets are not included in this table. 
 
 Table 35: Concentration of exposures by industry or counterparty types(1) 
  (CRB-D) 
                                                                                                             Whole-sale                       Accom-modation 
                                      Mining/oil                                    Water                      & retail    Trans-portation            & food      Infor-mation    Financial 
                       Agriculture    extraction    Manufac-turing    Utilities    supply    Construction         trade          & storage          services  & commun-ication  & insurance 
      Net carrying 
       values(1)               $bn           $bn               $bn          $bn       $bn             $bn           $bn                $bn               $bn               $bn          $bn 
      Central 
      governments 
      and central 
 1    banks                    -             -               0.1          0.5         -               -           0.1                0.1                 -                 -        150.2 
2     Institutions             -           0.5               0.3          0.4         -             0.1           0.1                0.2                 -               0.1         69.9 
3     Corporates             7.7          35.3             234.6         27.7       3.1            38.0         181.8               41.1              25.5              14.3        111.9 
4     Retail                 1.0             -               0.8            -         -             0.3           1.4                0.2               0.4               0.1          4.8 
      Total IRB 
 6     approach              8.7          35.8             235.8         28.6       3.1            38.4         183.4               41.6              25.9              14.5        336.8 
----                 -----------                                                           ------------ 
      Central 
      governments 
      and central 
7     banks                    -             -                 -            -         -               -             -                  -                 -               0.1        132.0 
      Regional 
      governments 
      or local 
 8    authorities              -             -                 -            -         -               -             -                  -                 -                 -          0.3 
      Public sector 
9      entities                -             -               0.1            -         -               -             -                  -                 -                 -         13.6 
      Multilateral 
       development 
 10    banks                   -             -                 -            -         -               -             -                  -                 -                 -          0.1 
      International 
11    organisations            -             -                 -            -         -               -             -                  -                 -                 -            - 
12    Institutions             -             -                 -            -         -               -             -                  -                 -                 -          2.4 
13    Corporates             1.0           5.4              25.0          3.7       0.3             7.8          21.3                3.0               3.1               2.1         15.6 
14    Retail                 0.1             -               0.4            -         -               -           0.2                0.2                 -                 -            - 
      Secured by 
       mortgages 
       on immovable 
 15    property                -             -                 -            -         -             0.3             -                  -               0.1                 -          0.1 
      Exposures 
16     in default              -             -               0.4            -         -             0.2           0.2                  -               0.1                 -          0.1 
      Items 
      associated 
      with 
      particularly 
 17   high risk                -             -                 -            -         -               -             -                  -                 -                 -          4.8 
      Collective 
       investment 
       undertakings 
 20    ('CIU')                 -             -                 -            -         -               -             -                  -                 -                 -          0.4 
      Equity 
21    exposures                -             -                 -            -         -               -             -                  -                 -                 -         16.2 
      Other 
22    exposures                -             -                 -            -         -               -             -                  -                 -                 -         12.7 
      Total STD 
23     approach              1.1           5.4              25.9          3.7       0.3             8.3          21.7                3.2               3.3               2.2        198.3 
      Total at 31 
 24    Dec 2019              9.8          41.2             261.7         32.3       3.4            46.7         205.1               44.8              29.2              16.7        535.1 
----                 -----------                                                           ------------ 
 
 
Table 35: Concentration of exposures by industry or counterparty types 
 (CRB-D) 
                                                                                            Human 
                                                                    Public                 health 
                        Real    Professional    Adminis-trative      admin               & social              Arts       Other                Extra-territorial 
                      estate      activities           services  & defence    Education      work  & enter-tainment    services    Personal               bodies      Total 
     Net carrying 
      values(1)          $bn             $bn                $bn        $bn          $bn       $bn               $bn         $bn         $bn                  $bn        $bn 
     Central 
     governments 
     and central 
 1   banks               -               -                  -      164.8            -       0.2                 -         0.3           -                 30.0      346.3 
2    Institutions      0.2               -                  -        1.9          0.1       0.2                 -           -           -                  1.4       75.4 
3    Corporates      180.7            26.4               87.3        2.6          3.1       5.7               6.3        14.0         0.4                    -    1,047.5 
4    Retail            0.8               -               15.9          -          0.3       0.2               0.1         0.2       527.9                    -      554.4 
     Total IRB 
 6    approach       181.7            26.4              103.2      169.3          3.5       6.3               6.4        14.5       528.3                 31.4    2,023.6 
---                           ------------    ---------------               ---------                                                                             ------- 
     Central 
     governments 
     and central 
7    banks(3)            -               -                  -       33.5            -         -                 -         1.5           -                  9.8      176.9 
 
     Regional 
     governments 
     or local 
 8   authorities         -               -                  -        8.6            -         -                 -           -           -                    -        8.9 
     Public sector 
9     entities           -               -                  -        2.2            -         -                 -         0.1           -                  0.6       16.6 
     Multilateral 
      development 
 10   banks              -               -                  -          -            -         -                 -           -           -                    -        0.1 
     International 
 11  organisations       -               -                  -          -            -         -                 -           -           -                  1.6        1.6 
12   Institutions        -               -                  -          -            -         -                 -           -           -                    -        2.4 
 
13   Corporates       13.0             1.5               51.0        0.5          0.1       0.8               0.6         1.6         2.4                    -      159.8 
14   Retail              -               -                0.2          -            -         -                 -           -        69.6                    -       70.7 
     Secured by 
      mortgages 
      on immovable 
 15   property         1.1               -                0.2          -            -         -                 -           -        31.6                    -       33.4 
     Exposures 
16    in default       0.1             0.1                1.0          -            -         -                 -           -         1.2                    -        3.4 
     Items 
     associated 
     with 
     particularly 
 17  high risk         0.6               -                0.1          -            -         -                 -           -           -                    -        5.5 
     Collective 
      investment 
20    undertakings       -               -                  -          -            -         -                 -           -           -                    -        0.4 
     Equity 
21   exposures           -               -                0.1          -            -       0.1                 -           -           -                    -       16.4 
     Other 
22   exposures           -               -                0.2          -            -         -                 -           -           -                    -       12.9 
     Total STD 
 23   approach        14.8             1.6               52.8       44.8          0.1       0.9               0.6         3.2       104.8                 12.0      509.0 
---                           ------------    ---------------               ---------                                                                             ------- 
     Total at 31 
 24   Dec 2019       196.5            28.0              156.0      214.1          3.6       7.2               7.0        17.7       633.1                 43.4    2,532.6 
---                                           ---------------               ---------                                            --------    -----------------    ------- 
 
 
 Table 35: Concentration of exposures by industry or counterparty types(1) 
  (CRB-D) (continued) 
                                                                                                             Wholesale                       Accom-modation 
                                      Mining/oil                                    Water                     & retail    Trans-portation            & food      Infor-mation    Financial 
                       Agriculture    extraction    Manufac-turing    Utilities    supply    Construction        trade          & storage          services  & commun-ication  & insurance 
      Net carrying 
       values(1)               $bn           $bn               $bn          $bn       $bn             $bn          $bn                $bn               $bn               $bn          $bn 
      Central 
      governments 
      and central 
1     banks                    -             -                 -          0.4         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -        140.2 
 2    Institutions             -           0.2                 -          0.4         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -         80.1 
 3    Corporates             6.8          35.4             228.6         26.5       3.6            32.5        181.0               40.6              23.7              16.6        120.2 
 4    Retail                 1.0             -               0.8            -         -             0.2          1.4                0.3               0.4                 -          0.2 
      Total IRB 
 6     approach              7.8          35.6             229.4         27.3       3.6            32.7        182.4               40.9              24.1              16.6        340.7 
----                                              --------------    --------- 
      Central 
      governments 
      and central 
7     banks                    -             -                 -            -         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -        126.3 
      Regional 
      governments 
      or local 
8     authorities              -             -                 -            -         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -          0.3 
      Public sector 
 9     entities                -             -                 -            -         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -         10.4 
      Multilateral 
       development 
 10    banks                   -             -                 -            -         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -          0.2 
      International 
 11   organisations            -             -                 -            -         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -            - 
 12   Institutions             -             -                 -            -         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -          3.4 
 13   Corporates             0.9           5.5              26.1          4.1         -             7.5         21.4                4.1               3.2               2.1         18.0 
 14   Retail                 0.1             -               0.2            -         -               -          0.2                0.1                 -                 -          0.6 
      Secured by 
       mortgages 
       on immovable 
15     property                -             -                 -            -         -             0.1            -                  -                 -                 -          0.1 
      Exposures 
 16    in default              -             -               0.5            -         -             0.2          0.3                0.1               0.1                 -          0.1 
      Items 
      associated 
      with 
      particularly 
17    high risk                -             -                 -            -         -             0.1            -                  -                 -                 -          4.2 
      Collective 
       investment 
20     undertakings            -             -                 -            -         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -          0.6 
      Equity 
 21   exposures                -             -                 -            -         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -         15.6 
      Other 
 22   exposures                -             -                 -            -         -               -            -                  -                 -                 -         11.0 
      Total STD 
 23    approach              1.0           5.5              26.8          4.1         -             7.9         21.9                4.3               3.3               2.1        190.8 
      Total at 31 
 24    Dec 2018              8.8          41.1             256.2         31.4       3.6            40.6        204.3               45.2              27.4              18.7        531.5 
----                                              --------------    --------- 
 
 
                                                                                    Human 
                                               Adminis-     Public                 health 
                       Real    Professional     trative      admin               & social           Arts &       Other                Extra-territorial 
                     estate      activities    services  & defence    Education      work    entertainment    services    Personal               bodies      Total 
    Net carrying 
     values(1)          $bn             $bn         $bn        $bn          $bn       $bn              $bn         $bn         $bn                  $bn        $bn 
    Central 
    governments 
    and central 
1   banks               -               -           -      154.5            -       0.3                -         0.2           -                 36.1      331.7 
2   Institutions        -               -           -        0.2          0.1         -                -           -           -                  0.1       81.1 
3   Corporates      173.4            26.5        80.7        2.6          2.9       5.5              7.6        11.5         0.6                    -    1,026.8 
4   Retail            1.0               -         0.4          -          0.1       0.2              0.2         0.1       477.0                    -      483.3 
    Total IRB 
6    approach       174.4            26.5        81.1      157.3          3.1       6.0              7.8        11.8       477.6                 36.2    1,922.9 
                                                         -------                                            -------- 
    Central 
    governments 
    and central 
7   banks               -               -           -       26.2            -         -                -           -           -                 11.4      163.9 
 
    Regional 
    governments 
    or local 
8   authorities         -               -           -        7.0            -         -                -           -           -                    -        7.3 
    Public sector 
9    entities           -               -           -        1.0          0.1         -                -           -           -                  0.7       12.2 
    Multilateral 
     development 
10   banks              -               -           -          -            -         -                -           -           -                    -        0.2 
    International 
11  organisations       -               -           -          -            -         -                -           -           -                  1.6        1.6 
12  Institutions        -               -           -          -            -         -                -           -           -                    -        3.4 
 
13  Corporates       14.3             2.1        64.4        0.5          0.3       1.0              0.7         1.1         2.1                    -      179.4 
14  Retail            0.1               -         0.2          -            -         -                -         0.1        62.2                    -       63.8 
    Secured by 
     mortgages 
     on immovable 
15   property         0.5               -           -          -            -         -                -           -        31.3                    -       32.0 
    Exposures 
16   in default       0.1               -         0.3          -            -         -                -         0.1         1.2                    -        3.0 
    Items 
    associated 
    with 
    particularly 
17  high risk         0.3               -         0.2          -            -         -                -           -           -                    -        4.8 
    Collective 
     investment 
20   undertakings       -               -           -          -            -         -                -           -           -                    -        0.6 
    Equity 
21  exposures           -               -           -          -            -         -                -           -           -                    -       15.6 
    Other 
22  exposures           -               -         0.3          -            -         -                -           -           -                    -       11.3 
    Total STD 
23   approach        15.3             2.1        65.4       34.7          0.4       1.0              0.7         1.3        96.8                 13.7      499.1 
                                                         -------                                            -------- 
    Total at 31 
24   Dec 2018       189.7            28.6       146.5      192.0          3.5       7.0              8.5        13.1       574.4                 49.9    2,422.0 
                                                         -------                                            -------- 
 

1 The industry classifications of this disclosure have been revised. 31 December 2018 data have been restated to be on a consistent basis with the current year.

2 Securitisation positions and non-credit obligation assets are not included in this table.

 
 Table 36: Maturity of on-balance sheet exposures (CRB-E) 
                                                                 Net carrying values(1) 
                                                                      Between 
                                                        Less than       1 and    More than 
                                           On demand       1 year     5 years      5 years    Undated      Total 
                                                 $bn          $bn         $bn          $bn        $bn        $bn 
     IRB approach exposure classes 
     Central governments and 
 1    central banks                           39.3        136.2       105.5         61.8          -      342.8 
 2   Institutions                             11.8         27.9        22.2          1.3          -       63.2 
 3   Corporates                               51.7        191.2       232.7         56.1          -      531.7 
 4   Retail                                   23.6         32.8        33.4        297.4          -      387.2 
 6   Total IRB approach                      126.4        388.1       393.8        416.6          -    1,324.9 
---                                      ---------    ---------    --------    ---------    -------    ------- 
     Standardised approach exposure 
      classes 
--- 
     Central governments and 
 7    central banks                           90.9         46.0        15.9         18.6        4.6      176.0 
     Regional governments or 
 8    local authorities                        0.8          0.9         5.3          1.5          -        8.5 
 9   Public sector entities                      -          2.5         9.7          4.3          -       16.5 
                                         --------- 
     Multilateral development 
 10   banks                                      -            -         0.1            -          -        0.1 
 11  International organisations                 -            -         0.7          0.9          -        1.6 
 12  Institutions                              0.3          1.4         0.5            -          -        2.2 
 13  Corporates                                4.3         30.7        32.1          7.8          -       74.9 
 14  Retail                                    7.3          1.2         7.0          4.1          -       19.6 
     Secured by mortgages on 
 15   immovable property                         -          2.1         5.9         24.3          -       32.3 
 16  Exposures in default                      0.3          0.7         1.4          0.8          -        3.2 
     Items associated with particularly 
 17   high risk                                  -          0.2         0.6          0.1        2.2        3.1 
     Collective investment undertakings 
 20   ('CIU')                                    -            -           -            -        0.4        0.4 
 21  Equity exposures                            -            -           -            -       16.4       16.4 
 22  Other exposures                             -          2.7           -          0.4        9.1       12.2 
 23  Total standardised approach             103.9         88.4        79.2         62.8       32.7      367.0 
---                                      ---------    ---------    --------    ---------    -------    ------- 
 24  Total at 31 Dec 2019                    230.3        476.5       473.0        479.4       32.7    1,691.9 
---                                      ---------    ---------    --------    ---------    -------    ------- 
 
     IRB approach exposure classes 
     Central governments and 
 1    central banks                           38.0        149.5        93.8         47.3          -      328.6 
 2   Institutions                             10.1         35.1        23.4          0.9          -       69.5 
 3   Corporates                               59.1        183.7       221.0         62.5          -      526.3 
 4   Retail                                   21.5          7.3        38.0        267.3          -      334.1 
 6   Total IRB approach                      128.7        375.6       376.2        378.0          -    1,258.5 
--- 
     Standardised approach exposure 
      classes 
--- 
     Central governments and 
 7    central banks                           75.5         50.5        22.9          8.8        5.2      162.9 
     Regional governments or 
 8    local authorities                        0.8          0.9         3.9          1.4          -        7.0 
 9   Public sector entities                      -          2.6         7.3          2.2          -       12.1 
     Multilateral development 
 10   banks                                      -            -         0.2            -          -        0.2 
 11  International organisations                 -          0.8         0.3          0.5          -        1.6 
 12  Institutions                              0.1          0.3         2.9            -          -        3.3 
 13  Corporates                                3.9         44.0        36.5          6.6          -       91.0 
 14  Retail                                    6.8          2.0         7.0          4.5          -       20.3 
     Secured by mortgages on 
 15   immovable property                         -          1.9         5.0         23.7          -       30.6 
 16  Exposures in default                      0.3          0.9         1.1          0.5          -        2.8 
     Items associated with particularly 
 17   high risk                                  -          0.1         0.7          0.1        1.6        2.5 
     Collective investment undertakings 
 20   ('CIU')                                    -            -           -            -        0.6        0.6 
 21  Equity exposures                            -            -           -            -       15.6       15.6 
 22  Other exposures                             -          2.7           -          0.2        7.6       10.5 
 23  Total standardised approach              87.4        106.7        87.8         48.5       30.6      361.0 
--- 
 24  Total at 31 Dec 2018                    216.1        482.3       464.0        426.5       30.6    1,619.5 
--- 
 
   1   Securitisation positions and non-credit obligation assets are not included in this table. 
 
 Risk mitigation 
 

Our approach when granting credit facilities is to do so on the basis of capacity to repay, rather than placing primary reliance on credit risk mitigants. Depending on a customer's standing and the type of product, facilities may be provided unsecured.

Mitigation of credit risk is a key aspect of effective risk management and takes many forms. Our general policy is to promote the use of credit risk mitigation, justified by commercial prudence and capital efficiency. Detailed policies cover the acceptability, structuring and terms with regard to the availability of credit risk mitigation such as in the form of collateral security. These policies, together with the setting of suitable valuation parameters, are subject to regular review to ensure that they are supported by empirical evidence and continue to fulfil their intended purpose.

Collateral

The most common method of mitigating credit risk is to take collateral. In our retail residential and commercial real estate ('CRE') businesses, a mortgage over the property is usually taken to help secure claims. Physical collateral is also taken in various forms of specialised lending and leasing transactions where income from the physical assets that are financed is also the principal source of facility repayment. In the commercial and industrial sectors, charges are created over business assets such as premises, stock and debtors. Loans to private banking clients may be made against a pledge of eligible marketable securities, cash or real estate. Facilities to small- and medium-sized enterprises ('SMEs') are commonly granted against guarantees given by their owners and/or directors.

For credit risk mitigants in the form of immovable property, the key determinant of concentration at Group level is geographic. Use of immovable property mitigants for risk management purposes is predominantly in Asia and Europe.

Further information regarding collateral held over CRE and residential property is provided on pages 112 and 123, respectively, of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Financial collateral

In the institutional sector, trading facilities are supported by charges over financial instruments, such as cash, debt securities and equities. Financial collateral in the form of marketable securities is used in much of the Group's derivatives activities and in securities financing transactions, such as repos, reverse repos, securities lending and borrowing. Netting is used extensively and is a prominent feature of market standard documentation.

Further information regarding collateral held for trading exposures is on page 118 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

In the non-trading book, we provide customers with working capital management products. In some cases, these products combine loans and advances to customers with customer accounts over which we have right of offset which comply with the regulatory requirements for on-balance sheet netting. Where this applies, the customer accounts are treated as cash collateral and are reflected in our LGD estimates.

Under on-balance sheet netting, the customer accounts are treated as cash collateral and the effects of this collateral are incorporated in our LGD estimates. For risk management purposes, the net amounts of such exposures are subject to limits and the relevant customer agreements are subject to review to ensure the legal right of offset remains appropriate.

At 31 December 2019, $31bn of customer accounts were treated as cash collateral, mainly in the UK.

Other forms of credit risk mitigation

Our Global Banking and Markets ('GB&M') business utilises credit risk mitigation to manage the credit risk of its portfolios, with the goal of reducing concentrations in individual names, sectors or portfolios. The techniques in use include credit default swap ('CDS') purchases, structured credit notes and securitisation structures. Buying credit protection creates credit exposure against the protection provider, which is monitored as part of the overall credit exposure to them. Where applicable, the transaction is entered into directly with a central clearing house counterparty; otherwise our exposure to CDS protection providers is diversified among mainly banking counterparties with strong credit ratings.

In our corporate lending, we also take guarantees from corporates and export credit agencies ('ECA'). Corporates would normally provide guarantees as part of a parent/subsidiary or common parent relationship and would span a number of credit grades.

The ECAs will normally be investment grade.

Policy and procedures

Policies and procedures govern the protection of our position from the outset of a customer relationship; for instance, in requiring standard terms and conditions or specifically agreed documentation permitting the offset of credit balances against debt obligations, and through controls over the integrity, current valuation and, if necessary, realisation of collateral security.

Valuing collateral

Valuation strategies are established to monitor collateral mitigants to ensure that they will continue to provide the anticipated secure secondary repayment source. The frequency of valuation increases with the volatility of the collateral. For market trading activities such as collateralised over-the-counter ('OTC') derivatives and securities financing transactions ('SFTs'), we typically carry out daily valuations. In the residential mortgage business, Group policy prescribes revaluation at intervals of up to three years, or more frequently as the need arises; for example, where market conditions are subject to significant change. Residential property collateral values are determined through a combination of professional appraisals, house price indices or statistical analysis.

Local market conditions determine the frequency of valuation for CRE. Revaluations are sought where, for example, material concerns arise in relation to the performance of the collateral. CRE revaluation also occurs commonly in circumstances where an obligor's credit quality has declined sufficiently to cause concern that the principal payment source may not fully meet the obligation.

Recognition of risk mitigation under the IRB approach

Within an IRB approach, risk mitigants are considered in two broad categories:

-- those which reduce the intrinsic PD of an obligor and therefore operate as determinants of PD; and

-- those which affect the estimated recoverability of obligations and require adjustment of LGD or, in certain limited circumstances, EAD.

The first category typically includes full parental guarantees where one obligor within a group guarantees another. In these circumstances, the parent guarantor materially influences the PD of the guaranteed obligor. PD estimates are also subject to a 'sovereign ceiling', constraining the risk ratings assigned to obligors in countries of higher risk, and where only partial parental support exists. In certain jurisdictions, certain types of third-party guarantee are recognised by substituting the obligor's PD with that of the guarantor.

In the second category, LGD estimates are affected by a wider range of collateral, including cash, charges over real estate property, fixed assets, trade goods, receivables and floating charges such as mortgage debentures. Unfunded mitigants, such as third-party guarantees, are also considered in LGD estimates where there is evidence that they reduce loss expectation.

The main types of provider of guarantees are banks, other financial institutions and corporates. The creditworthiness of providers of unfunded credit risk mitigation is taken into consideration as part of the guarantor's risk profile. Internal limits for such contingent exposure are approved in the same way as direct exposures.

EAD and LGD values, in the case of individually assessed exposures, are determined by reference to regionally approved internal risk parameters based on the nature of the exposure. For retail portfolios, credit risk mitigation data is incorporated into the internal risk parameters for exposures and feeds into the calculation of the expected loss ('EL') band value summarising both customer delinquency and product or facility risk. Credit and credit risk mitigation data form inputs submitted by all Group offices to centralised databases. A range of collateral recognition approaches are applied to IRB capital treatments:

-- Unfunded protection, which includes credit derivatives and guarantees, is reflected through adjustment or determination of PD or LGD. Under the IRB advanced approach, recognition may be through PD or LGD.

-- Eligible financial collateral under the IRB advanced approach is recognised in LGD models. Under the IRB foundation approach, regulatory LGD values are adjusted. The adjustment to LGD is based on the degree to which the exposure value would be adjusted notionally if the financial collateral comprehensive method were applied.

-- For all other types of collateral, including real estate, the LGD for exposures under the IRB advanced approach is calculated by models. For IRB foundation, base regulatory LGDs are adjusted depending on the value and type of the asset taken as collateral relative to the exposure. The types of eligible mitigant recognised under the IRB foundation approach are more limited.

Table 39 sets out, for IRB exposures, the exposure value and the effective value of credit risk mitigation expressed as the exposure value covered by the credit risk mitigant. IRB credit risk mitigation reductions of EAD were immaterial at 31 December 2019.

Recognition of risk mitigation under the standardised approach

Where credit risk mitigation is available in the form of an eligible guarantee, non-financial collateral or a credit derivative, the exposure is divided into covered and uncovered portions. The covered portion is determined after applying an appropriate 'haircut' for currency and maturity mismatches (and for omission of restructuring clauses in credit derivatives, where appropriate) to the amount of the protection provided and attracts the risk weight of the protection provider. The uncovered portion attracts the risk weight of the obligor.

The value of exposure fully or partially covered by eligible financial collateral is adjusted under the financial collateral comprehensive method using supervisory volatility adjustments (including those for currency mismatch) which are determined by the specific type of collateral (and its credit quality, in the case of eligible debt securities) and its liquidation period. The adjusted exposure value is subject to the risk weight of the obligor.

 
 Table 37: Credit risk mitigation techniques - overview (CR3) 
                                       Exposures    Exposures                          Exposures       Exposures 
                                      unsecured:     secured:         Exposures          secured         secured 
                                        carrying     carrying           secured     by financial       by credit 
                                          amount       amount     by collateral       guarantees     derivatives 
                                             $bn          $bn               $bn              $bn             $bn 
 1   Loans                               626.0        653.2             546.1            106.6             0.5 
 2   Debt securities                     335.8         41.5              35.6              5.9               - 
 3   Total at 31 Dec 2019                961.8        694.7             581.7            112.5             0.5 
--- 
 4   of which: defaulted                   5.3          4.2               3.7              0.5               - 
 
 1   Loans                               641.2        596.8             494.0            102.1             0.7 
--- 
 2   Debt securities                     316.1         32.4              27.2              5.2               - 
--- 
 3   Total at 31 Dec 2018                957.3        629.2             521.2            107.3             0.7 
--- 
 4   of which: defaulted                   6.3          4.6               4.1              0.4               - 
--- 
 
 
 Table 38: Standardised approach - credit conversion factor ('CCF') 
  and credit risk mitigation ('CRM') effects (CR4) 
                                  Exposures before 
                                         CCF                     Exposures post-CCF                RWAs and RWA 
                                       and CRM                         and CRM                        density 
                               On-balance    Off-balance        On-balance    Off-balance 
                                    sheet          sheet             sheet          sheet 
                                   amount         amount            amount         amount          RWAs    RWA density 
                                      $bn            $bn               $bn            $bn           $bn              % 
----                         ------------  -------------    --------------  -------------    ----------  ------------- 
      Asset classes(1) 
----                         ------------  -------------    --------------  -------------    ----------  ------------- 
      Central governments 
      or 
1     central banks               175.8            0.9             183.9            1.6          11.2              6 
                             ----------    -----------      ------------    -----------      --------    ----------- 
      Regional governments 
 2     or local authorities         8.5            0.4               8.8            0.1           1.6             18 
      Public sector 
 3    entities                     16.5            0.1              16.4              -             -              - 
      Multilateral 
      development 
 4    banks                         0.1              -               0.1              -             -              - 
      International 
 5    organisations                 1.6              -               1.6              -             -              - 
 6    Institutions                  2.2            0.2               1.5            0.1           0.9             58 
 7    Corporates                   75.0           84.9              66.3           10.5          72.5             94 
 8    Retail                       19.8           51.1              19.1            0.4          14.4             74 
      Secured by mortgage 
      on 
 9    immovable property           32.3            1.1              32.2            0.3          12.0             37 
 10   Exposures in default          3.6            0.2               3.6              -           4.1            114 
      Higher-risk 
 11   categories                    3.1            2.4               3.1            2.2           7.9            150 
                                                                                                         ----------- 
      Collective investment 
 14    undertakings                 0.4              -               0.4              -           0.4            100 
 15   Equity                       16.5              -              16.5              -          36.3            220 
 16   Other items                  12.2            0.7              12.2            0.7           8.8             68 
17    Total at 31 Dec 2019        367.6          142.0             365.7           15.9         170.1             45 
                             ----------    -----------      ------------    -----------      --------    ----------- 
      Central governments 
      or 
1     central banks               162.7            1.0             170.8            1.1          12.5              7 
      Regional governments 
 2     or local authorities         7.0            0.3               7.0            0.1           1.3             19 
      Public sector 
 3    entities                     12.1            0.1              12.0              -             -              - 
      Multilateral 
      development 
4     banks                         0.2              -               0.2              -             -              2 
      International 
5     organisations                 1.6              -               1.6              -             -              - 
 6    Institutions                  3.3            0.1               2.3              -           1.2             52 
 7    Corporates                   91.2           88.3              72.0           12.2          79.2             94 
 8    Retail                       20.5           43.5              19.7            0.2          14.8             74 
      Secured by mortgage 
      on 
 9    immovable property           30.6            1.4              30.6            0.3          11.3             37 
 10   Exposures in default          3.3            0.2               3.3              -           3.8            117 
      Higher-risk 
 11   categories                    2.5            2.3               2.4            2.2           6.9            150 
      Collective investment 
 14    undertakings                 0.6              -               0.6              -           0.6            100 
 15   Equity                       15.7              -              15.7              -          35.0            223 
 16   Other items                  10.5            0.8              10.5            0.8           6.6             58 
17    Total at 31 Dec 2018        361.8          138.0             348.7           16.9         173.2             47 
 
   1   Securitisation positions are not included in this table. 
 
 Table 39: Credit risk mitigation techniques - IRB and Standardised 
                                                   At 31 Dec 2019                                               At 31 Dec 2018 
                                                                Secured by:                                                  Secured by: 
                              Exposures  Exposures                                        Exposures  Exposures 
                             unsecured:   secured:                                       unsecured:   secured: 
                               carrying   carrying               financial       credit    carrying   carrying               financial         credit 
                                 amount     amount  collateral  guarantees  derivatives      amount     amount  collateral  guarantees    derivatives 
                  Footnotes         $bn        $bn         $bn         $bn          $bn         $bn        $bn         $bn         $bn            $bn 
                                                    ----------  ---------- 
Exposures 
 under the 
 IRB approach        1 
Central 
 governments 
 and central 
 banks                            309.4       36.9        35.2         1.7            -       303.4       28.3        26.8         1.5            - 
 
Institutions                       69.9        5.5         4.7         0.8            -        75.0        6.1         4.4         1.7            - 
                                                                            ----------- 
Corporates                        612.6      434.9       305.3       116.5         13.1       618.0      408.8       287.6       110.3         10.9 
Retail                            205.6      348.8       322.0        26.8            -       192.0      291.3       267.9        23.4            - 
                                                                            ----------- 
Securitisation 
 positions                         20.2          -           -           -            -        29.7          -           -           -            - 
                                                                            ----------- 
Total                           1,217.7      826.1       667.2       145.8         13.1     1,218.1      734.5       586.7       136.9         10.9 
                 ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------- 
Exposures 
 under the 
 STD approach        1 
                                                                            ----------- 
Central 
 governments 
 and central 
 banks               2            171.7        0.6         0.1         0.5            -       157.9        0.8           -         0.8            - 
 
Institutions                        1.6        0.8           -         0.8            -         2.3        1.1           -         1.1            - 
                                                                            ----------- 
Corporates                        117.5       42.3        32.0        10.3            -       125.6       53.8        43.0        10.8            - 
                                                                            ----------- 
Retail                             69.5        1.2         1.0         0.2            -        62.3        1.5         1.3         0.2            - 
                                                                            ----------- 
Secured 
 by mortgages 
 on immovable 
 property                          11.8       21.6        21.5         0.1            -         9.8       22.2        22.1         0.1            - 
 
Exposures 
 in default                         2.7        0.7         0.6         0.1            -         2.4        0.6         0.5         0.1            - 
                                                                            ----------- 
Items 
 associated 
 with 
 particularly 
 high risk           3              2.0        0.1           -         0.1            -         1.7        0.1           -         0.1            - 
 
Regional 
 governments 
 or local 
 authorities                        8.9          -           -           -            -         7.1        0.2         0.2           -            - 
 
Public sector 
 entities                          11.7        4.9         0.1         4.8            -         8.2        4.0           -         4.0            - 
                 ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------- 
Securitisation 
 positions                         15.8        0.5           -           -          0.5         2.7          -           -           -            - 
                                                                            ----------- 
Total                             413.2       72.7        55.3        16.9          0.5       380.0       84.3        67.1        17.2            - 
                 ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------- 
 
   1   This table includes both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. 
   2   Deferred tax assets are excluded from the exposure. 
   3   Equities are excluded from the exposure. 
 
Table 40: IRB - Effect on RWA of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques 
 (CR7) 
                                                                            At 31 Dec 
                                                                 2019                      2018 
                                                           Pre-credit                Pre-credit 
                                                          derivatives    Actual     derivatives    Actual 
                                                                 RWAs      RWAs            RWAs      RWAs 
                                                                  $bn       $bn             $bn       $bn 
 1    Exposures under FIRB                                     32.3      32.3            30.5      30.5 
---- 
 3    Institutions                                              0.2       0.2             0.2       0.2 
 6    Corporates - other                                       32.1      32.1            30.3      30.3 
 
 7    Exposures under AIRB                                    467.1       465.9         480.0     479.0 
---- 
 8    Central governments and central banks                    36.3      36.3            36.9      36.9 
 9    Institutions                                             10.8      10.8            14.2      14.2 
 11   Corporates - specialised lending                         26.8      26.8            27.0      27.0 
 12   Corporates - other                                      302.1     300.9           319.1     318.1 
 13   Retail - Secured by real estate SMEs                      1.5       1.5             1.8       1.8 
 14   Retail - Secured by real estate non-SMEs                 40.4      40.4            37.2      37.2 
 15   Retail - Qualifying revolving                            18.8      18.8            17.3      17.3 
 16   Retail - Other SMEs                                       4.7       4.7             4.8       4.8 
 17   Retail - Other non-SMEs                                  12.4      12.4            10.9      10.9 
---- 
 19   Other non-credit obligation assets                       13.3      13.3            10.8      10.8 
 20   Total                                                   499.4     498.2           510.5     509.5 
---- 
 
 
Global risk 
 

Qualitative disclosures on banks' use of external credit ratings under the standardised approach for credit risk

The standardised approach is applied where exposures do not qualify for use of an IRB approach and/or where an exemption from IRB has been granted. The standardised approach requires banks to use risk assessments prepared by external credit assessment institutions ('ECAIs') or ECAs to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties.

ECAI risk assessments are used within the Group as part of the determination of risk weightings for the following classes of exposure:

   --    central governments and central banks; 
   --    regional governments and local authorities; 
   --    institutions; 
   --    corporates; 
   --    securitisation positions; and 
   --    short-term claims on institutions and corporates. 

We have nominated three ECAIs for this purpose - Moody's Investor Service ('Moody's'), Standard and Poor's rating agency ('S&P') and Fitch Ratings ('Fitch'). In addition to this, we use DBRS ratings specifically for securitisation positions. We have not nominated any ECAs.

Data files of external ratings from the nominated ECAIs are matched with customer records in our centralised credit database.

When calculating the risk-weighted value of an exposure using ECAI risk assessments, risk systems identify the customer in question and look up the available ratings in the central database according to the rating selection rules. The systems then apply the prescribed credit quality step mapping to derive from the rating the relevant risk weight.

All other exposure classes are assigned risk weightings as prescribed in the PRA's Rulebook.

 
Credit 
 quality  Moody's      S&P's        Fitch's 
 step      assessment   assessment   assessment  DBRS assessment 
1         Aaa to       AAA to       AAA to       AAA to 
           Aa3          AA-          AA-          AAL 
2         A1 to        A+ to        A+ to        AH to 
           A3           A-           A-           AL 
3         Baa1 to      BBB+ to      BBB+ to      BBBH to 
           Baa3         BBB-         BBB-         BBBL 
4         Ba1 to       BB+ to       BB+ to       BBH to 
           Ba3          BB-          BB-          BBL 
5         B1 to        B+ to        B+ to        BH to 
           B3           B-           B-           BL 
6         Caa1 and     CCC+ and     CCC+ and     CCCH and 
           below        below        below        below 
 

Exposures to, or guaranteed by, central governments and central banks of the European Economic Area ('EEA') states are risk-weighted at 0% provided that they are denominated and funded in local currency or qualify for that weight by virtue of their external rating.

The following table provides further detail on the risk weighting of our standardised non-counterparty credit exposures. For further detail on the risk weighting of our standardised counterparty credit risk exposures, refer to Table 50.

 
Table 41: Standardised approach - exposures by asset class and risk 
 weight (CR5) 
                                                                                                                 Exposure 
                                                                                                                   amount 
                                                                                                                (post-CCF 
     Risk weight                                                                                                      and   Of which 
     ('RW%')             0%     2%     20%     35%    50%    70%     75%    100%    150%    250%    Deducted         CRM)    unrated 
                        $bn    $bn     $bn     $bn    $bn    $bn     $bn     $bn     $bn     $bn         $bn          $bn        $bn 
     Asset 
     classes(1) 
     Central 
     governments 
     or central 
 1   banks          180.9      -     0.1       -      -      -       -     0.1       -     4.4           -        185.5        4.4 
                                                                                                  -------- 
     Regional 
     governments 
     or local 
 2   authorities      3.8      -     3.9       -    0.9      -       -     0.3       -       -           -          8.9        0.3 
     Public sector 
 3   entities        16.4      -       -       -      -      -       -       -       -       -           -         16.4          - 
     Multilateral 
     development 
 4   banks            0.1      -       -       -      -      -       -       -       -       -           -          0.1          - 
     International 
 5   organisations    1.6      -       -       -      -      -       -       -       -       -           -          1.6          - 
 6   Institutions       -      -     0.3       -    0.8      -       -     0.5       -       -           -          1.6        0.3 
7    Corporates         -      -     3.9     0.3    2.5    0.5       -    68.0     1.6       -           -         76.8       65.9 
 8   Retail             -      -       -       -      -      -    19.5       -       -       -           -         19.5       19.5 
     Secured by 
     mortgage 
     on immovable 
9    property           -      -       -    30.7    1.0      -       -     0.8       -       -           -         32.5       32.5 
     Exposures in 
 10  default            -      -       -       -      -      -       -     2.6     1.0       -           -          3.6        3.6 
     Higher-risk 
 11  categories         -      -       -       -      -      -       -       -     5.3       -           -          5.3        5.3 
     Collective 
     investment 
 14  undertakings       -      -       -       -      -      -       -     0.4       -       -           -          0.4        0.4 
 15  Equity             -      -       -       -      -      -       -     3.3       -    13.2           -         16.5       16.5 
 16  Other items      0.1      -     5.0       -      -      -       -     7.8       -       -           -         12.9       12.9 
     Total at 31 
17   Dec 2019       202.9      -    13.2    31.0    5.2    0.5    19.5    83.8     7.9    17.6           -        381.6      161.6 
 
     Central 
     governments 
     or central 
1    banks          166.5      -     0.2       -    0.1      -       -     0.1       -     5.0           -        171.9        5.0 
 
     Regional 
     governments 
     or local 
 2   authorities      2.8      -     3.5       -    0.5      -       -     0.3       -       -           -          7.1        0.5 
     Public sector 
 3   entities        12.0      -       -       -      -      -       -       -       -       -           -         12.0          - 
     Multilateral 
     development 
 4   banks            0.2      -       -       -      -      -       -       -       -       -           -          0.2          - 
     International 
 5   organisations    1.6      -       -       -      -      -       -       -       -       -           -          1.6          - 
 6   Institutions       -    0.1     0.4       -    1.4      -       -     0.4       -       -           -          2.3        0.2 
 7   Corporates         -      -     3.6     0.3    3.4    0.5       -    75.6     0.8       -           -         84.2       59.1 
 8   Retail             -      -       -       -      -      -    19.9       -       -       -           -         19.9       19.9 
     Secured by 
     mortgage 
     on immovable 
9    property           -      -       -    30.2      -      -       -     0.7       -       -           -         30.9       30.9 
     Exposures in 
 10  default            -      -       -       -      -      -       -     2.2     1.1       -           -          3.3        3.3 
     Higher-risk 
 11  categories         -      -       -       -      -      -       -       -     4.6       -           -          4.6        4.6 
     Collective 
     investment 
 14  undertakings       -      -       -       -      -      -       -     0.6       -       -           -          0.6        0.6 
 15  Equity             -      -       -       -      -      -       -     2.8       -    12.9           -         15.7       15.7 
 16  Other items        -      -     5.9       -      -      -       -     5.4       -       -           -         11.3       11.3 
     Total at 31 
17   Dec 2018       183.1    0.1    13.6    30.5    5.4    0.5    19.9    88.1     6.5    17.9           -        365.6      151.1 
 
   1   Securitisation positions are not included in this table. 

Application of the IRB approach

Our Group IRB credit risk rating framework incorporates obligor propensity to default expressed in PD, and loss severity in the event of default expressed in EAD and LGD. These measures are used to calculate regulatory EL and capital requirements. They are also used with other inputs to inform rating assessments for the purposes of credit approval and many other purposes, for example:

-- credit approval and monitoring: IRB models are used in the assessment of customer and portfolio risk in lending decisions;

-- risk appetite: IRB measures are an important element in identifying risk exposure at customer, sector and portfolio level;

   --    pricing: IRB parameters are used in pricing tools for new transactions and reviews; and 

-- economic capital and portfolio management: IRB parameters are used in the economic capital model that has been implemented across HSBC.

Refer to Tables 69 and 71 in Appendix I for further information on our wholesale and retail IRB models.

Roll-out of the IRB approach

With the PRA's permission, we have adopted the advanced IRB approach for the majority of our business. At the end of 2019, portfolios in much of Europe, Asia and North America were on advanced IRB approaches. Others remain on the standardised or foundation approaches pending the development of models for the PRA's approval in line with our IRB roll-out plans where the primary focus is on corporate and retail exposures.

At 31 December 2019, 77% of the Group's exposures were treated under AIRB, 3% under FIRB and 20% under the standardised approach.

Refer to Table 70 in Appendix I for further detail on our IRB models including PD, LGD, RWA and exposure by country/territory.

EL and credit risk adjustments

We analyse credit loss experience in order to assess the performance of our risk measurement and control processes, and to inform our understanding of the implications for risk and capital management of dynamic changes occurring in the risk profile of our exposures.

When comparing regulatory EL with measures of ECL under IFRS 9, differences in the definition and scope of each should be considered. These can give rise to material differences in the way economic, business and methodological drivers are reflected quantitatively in the accounting and regulatory measures of loss.

In general, HSBC calculates ECL using three main components namely probability of default, loss given default, and exposure at default.

ECLs include impairment allowances (or provisions, against commitments and guarantees) calculated for a 12-month period ('12-month ECL'), for the remaining life of an exposure ('lifetime ECL'), and on financial assets that are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired. ECLs resulting from default events that are possible:

   --    within the next 12 months are recognised for financial instruments in stage 1; and 
   --    beyond 12 months are recognised for financial instruments in stages 2 and 3. 

An assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition is performed at each reporting period by considering the change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining life of the financial instrument.

Unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when 30 days past due.

Change in ECL and other credit impairment charges represents the movement in the ECL during the year including write-offs, recoveries and foreign exchange. EL represents the one-year regulatory expected loss accumulated in the book at the balance sheet date.

Credit risk adjustments ('CRAs') encompass the impairment allowances or provisions balances, and changes in ECL and other credit impairment charges.

Table 72 in Appendix I sets out for IRB credit exposures the EL, CRA balances and actual loss experience reflected in the charges for CRAs.

HSBC leverages the Basel IRB framework where possible, with recalibration to meet the differing IFRS 9 requirements as follows:

 
 
PD 
        *    Through the cycle (represents long-run average PD       *    Point in time (based on current conditions, adjusted 
             throughout a full economic cycle)                            to take into account estimates of future conditions 
                                                                          that will impact PD) 
 
        *    The definition of default includes a backstop of 90+ 
             days past due, although this has been modified to       *    Default backstop of 90+ days past due for all 
             180+ days past due for some portfolios, particularly         portfolios 
             UK and US mortgages 
EAD 
         *    Cannot be lower than current balance                   *    Amortisation captured for term products 
LGD 
        *    Downturn LGD (consistent with losses we would expect   *    Expected LGD (based on estimate of loss given default 
             to suffer during a severe but plausible economic            including the expected impact of future economic 
             downturn)                                                   conditions such as changes in value of collateral) 
 
 
        *    Regulatory floors may apply to mitigate risk of        *    No floors 
             underestimating downturn LGD due to lack of 
             historical data 
                                                                    *    Discounted using the original effective interest rate 
                                                                         of the loan 
        *    Discounted using cost of capital 
 
                                                                    *    Only costs associated with obtaining/selling 
        *    All collection costs included                               collateral included 
Other 
                                                                       *    Discounted back from point of default to balance 
                                                                            sheet date 
 
 
 Wholesale risk 
 

The wholesale risk rating system

This section describes how we operate our credit risk analytical models and use IRB metrics in the wholesale customer business.

PDs for wholesale customer segments (that is central governments and central banks, financial institutions and corporate customers) and for certain individually assessed personal customers are derived from a customer risk rating ('CRR') master scale of 23 grades. Of these, 21 are non-default grades representing varying degrees of strength of financial condition, and two are default grades. Each CRR has a PD range associated with it as well as a mid-point PD.

The score generated by a credit risk rating model for the obligor is mapped to a corresponding PD and master-scale CRR. The CRR is then reviewed by a credit approver who, taking into account information such as the most recent events and market data, makes the final decision on the rating. The rating assigned reflects the approver's overall view of the obligor's credit standing.

The mid-point PD associated with the finally assigned CRR is then used in the regulatory capital calculation.

Relationship managers may propose a different CRR from that indicated through an override process which must be approved by the Credit function. Overrides for each model are recorded and monitored as part of the model management process.

The CRR is assigned at an obligor level, which means that separate exposures to the same obligor are generally subject to a single, consistent rating. Unfunded credit risk mitigants, such as guarantees, may also influence the final assignment of a CRR to an obligor. The effect of unfunded risk mitigants is considered for IRB and standardised approaches in Table 39.

If an obligor is in default on any material credit obligation to the Group, all of the obligor's facilities from the Group are considered to be in default.

Under the IRB approach, obligors are grouped into grades that have similar PD or anticipated default frequency. The anticipated default frequency may be estimated using all relevant information at the relevant date (PIT rating system) or be free of the effects of the credit cycle (TTC rating system).

We generally utilise a hybrid approach of PIT and through the cycle ('TTC'). That is, while models are calibrated to long-run default rates, obligor ratings are reviewed annually, or more frequently if necessary, to reflect changes in their circumstances and/or their economic operating environment.

Our policy requires approvers to downgrade ratings on expectations, but to upgrade them only on performance. This leads to expected defaults typically exceeding actual defaults.

For EAD and LGD estimation, operating entities are permitted, subject to overview by Group Risk, to use their own modelling approaches to suit conditions in their jurisdictions. Group Risk provides co-ordination, benchmarks, and promotion of best practice on EAD and LGD estimation.

EAD is estimated to a 12-month forward time horizon and represents the current exposure, plus an estimate for future increases in exposure and the realisation of contingent exposures post-default.

LGD is based on the effects of facility and collateral structure on outcomes post-default. This includes such factors as the type of client, the facility seniority, the type and value of collateral, past recovery experience and priority under law. It is expressed as a percentage of EAD.

Wholesale models

To determine credit ratings for the different types of wholesale obligor, multiple models and scorecards are used for PD, LGD, and EAD. These models may be differentiated by region, customer segment and/or customer size. For example, we have separate PD models for all of our key customer segments, including sovereigns, financial institutions, and large-, medium- and small-sized corporates.

Global PD models have been developed for asset classes, or clearly identifiable segments of asset classes, where the customer relationship is managed globally; for example, sovereigns, financial institutions and the largest corporate clients that typically operate internationally.

Local PD models, specific to a particular country, region, or sector, are developed for other obligors. These include corporate clients when they show distinct characteristics in common in a particular geography.

The two major drivers of model methodology are the nature of the portfolio and the availability of internal or external data on historical defaults and risk factors. For some historically low-default portfolios, e.g. sovereign and financial institutions, a model will rely more heavily on external data and/or the input of an expert panel. Where sufficient data is available, models are built on a statistical basis, although the input of expert judgement may still form an important part of the overall model development methodology.

Most LGD and EAD models are developed according to local circumstances, considering legal and procedural differences in the recovery and workout processes. Our approach to EAD and LGD also encompasses global models for central governments and central banks, and for institutions, as exposures to these customer types are managed centrally by Global Risk. The PRA requires all firms to apply an LGD floor of 45% for senior unsecured exposure to sovereign entities. This floor was applied to reflect the relatively few loss observations across all firms in relation to these obligors. This floor is applied for the purposes of regulatory capital reporting.

The PRA has published guidance on the appropriateness of LGD models for low default portfolios. It states there should be at least 20 defaults per country per collateral type for LGD models to be approved. Where there are insufficient defaults, an LGD floor will be applied. As a result, in 2019, we continued to apply LGD floors for our banks portfolio and some Asian corporate portfolios where there were insufficient loss observations.

The PRA has also indicated that it considers income-producing real estate to be an asset class that would be difficult to model. As a result, RWAs for our UK CRE portfolio and US income-producing CRE portfolio are calculated using the supervisory slotting approach. Under the supervisory slotting approach the bank allocates exposures to one of five categories. Each category then receives a fixed pre-determined RWA and EL percentage.

Local models for the corporate exposure class are developed using various data inputs, including collateral information and geography (for LGD) and product type (for EAD). The most material corporate models are the UK and Asian models, all of which are developed using more than 10 years' data. The LGD models are calibrated to a period of credit stress or downturn in economic conditions.

None of our EAD models is calibrated for a downturn, as analysis shows that utilisation decreases during a downturn because credit stress is accompanied by more intensive limit monitoring and facility reduction.

Table 42 sets out the key characteristics of the significant wholesale credit risk models that drive the capital calculation split by regulatory wholesale asset class, with their associated RWAs, including the number of models for each component, the model method or approach and the number of years of loss data used.

 
Table 42: Wholesale IRB credit risk models 
 
                 Central 
                  government 
                  and central                     A shadow rating approach 
                  banks,                           that includes macroeconomic 
                  Institutions,                    and political factors, 
                  Corporates                       constrained with expert 
Sovereign         - Others        36.3   PD   1    judgement.                          >10               No 
                                                  An unsecured model built 
                                                   on assessment of structural 
                                                   factors that influence 
                                                   the country's long-term 
                                                   economic performance. For                        Floored 
                                                   unsecured LGD, a floor                     at Foundation 
                                         LGD  1    of 45% is applied.                  8                IRB 
                                                                                                   EAD must 
                                                                                                be at least 
                                                  A cross-classification                           equal to 
                                                   model that uses both internal                the current 
                                                   data and expert judgement,                   utilisation 
                                                   as well as information                    of the balance 
                                                   on similar exposure types                     at account 
                                         EAD  1    from other asset classes.           8              level 
                                                  A statistical model that 
                                                   combines quantitative analysis 
                                                   on financial information 
Banking                                            with expert inputs and 
 institutions    Institutions     11.0   PD   1    macroeconomic factors.              10         PD >0.03% 
                                                  A quantitative model that 
                                                   produces both downturn 
                                                   and expected LGD. Several 
                                                   securities types are included 
                                                   in the model to recognise 
                                                   collateral in the LGD calculation.               Floored 
                                                   For unsecured LGD, a floor                 at Foundation 
                                         LGD  1    of 45% is applied.                  10               IRB 
                                                  A quantitative model that                        EAD must 
                                                   assigns credit conversion                    be at least 
                                                   factors ('CCF') taking                          equal to 
                                                   into account product types                   the current 
                                                   and committed/uncommitted                    utilisation 
                                                   indicator to calculate                    of the balance 
                                                   EAD using current utilisation                 at account 
                                         EAD  1    and available headroom.             10             level 
                 Corporates 
                  - Other, 
Corporates(1)     institutions    337.2 
                                                  A statistical model built 
                                                   on 15 years of data. The 
                                                   model uses financial information, 
                                                   macroeconomic information 
                                                   and market-driven data, 
Large                                              and is complemented by 
 corporates                              PD   1    a qualitative assessment.           15         PD >0.03% 
Regional                                 PD   10  Corporates that fall below           >10 
 corporates                                        the global large corporate 
                                                   threshold are rated through 
                                                   regional/local PD models, 
                                                   which reflect regional/local 
                                                   circumstances. These models 
                                                   use financial information, 
                                                   behavioural data and qualitative 
                                                   information to derive a 
                                                   statistically built PD. 
                                                  Predominantly statistical 
Non-banks                                          models that combine quantitative 
 financial                                         analysis on financial information 
 institutions                            PD   10   with expert inputs.                 10         PD >0.03% 
All corporates                           LGD  7   Regional/local statistical           >7        UK Floored 
                                                   models covering all corporates,            at Foundation 
                                                   including global large                               IRB 
                                                   corporates, developed using 
                                                   historical loss/recovery 
                                                   data and various data inputs, 
                                                   including collateral information, 
                                                   customer type and geography. 
                                         EAD  5   Regional/local statistical           >7          EAD must 
                                                   models covering all corporates,              be at least 
                                                   including global large                          equal to 
                                                   corporates, developed using                  the current 
                                                   historical utilisation                       utilisation 
                                                   information and various                   of the balance 
                                                   data inputs, including                        at account 
                                                   product type and geography.                        level 
 
   1   Excludes specialised lending exposures subject to supervisory slotting approach (see table 75). 
 
Table 43: IRB models - estimated and actual values (wholesale)(1) 
                                              PD(2)                  LGD(3)                  EAD(4) 
                                        Estimated  Actuals  Estimated(5)  Actuals(5)  Estimated    Actuals 
                            Footnotes           %        %             %           %          %          % 
2019 
                          ------------  ---------  -------  ------------  ----------  ---------  --------- 
- Sovereigns model              6            2.01        -             -           -          -        - 
- Banks model                                1.09        -             -           -          -        - 
- Corporates models             7            1.53     1.05         33.23       25.37       0.42     0.31 
                          ------------  ---------  -------  ------------  ----------  ---------  ------- 
2018 
                          ------------ 
- Sovereigns model              6            2.37        -             -           -          -        - 
- Banks model                                1.31        -             -           -          -        - 
- Corporates models             7            1.61     0.87         30.47       16.60       0.38     0.33 
                          ------------ 
2017 
                          ------------ 
- Sovereigns model              6            2.24        -             -           -          -        - 
- Banks model                                1.72        -             -           -          -        - 
- Corporates models             7            1.72     0.96         27.75       17.50       0.39     0.36 
                          ------------ 
 
   1   Data represents an annual view, analysed at 30 September. 

2 Estimated PD for all models in each asset class, calculated on the total number of obligors covered by the models. Actual numbers are the observed default rate in each asset class for the specified period.

   3   Estimated and actual LGD represent defaulted populations. Average LGD values are EAD-weighted. 

4 Expressed as a percentage of total EAD, which includes all defaulted and non-defaulted exposures for the relevant population.

5 Estimated LGD represents the EAD weighted average downturn LGD. In the current year, we have changed the methodology of computing actual LGD. Actual LGD represents the actual loss for defaults resolved in period divided by EAD of defaults resolved in the period. Prior period actual LGD has been restated.

   6   The estimated PD excludes inactive sovereign obligors. 

7 Covers the combined populations of the global large corporates model, all regional IRB models for large, medium and small corporates, and non-bank financial institutions. The estimated and observed PDs were calculated only for unique obligors.

 
 Retail risk 
 

Retail risk rating systems

Due to the different country-level portfolio performance characteristics and loss history, there are no global models for our retail portfolios. Across the Group, over 100 models are used with the PRA's approval under our IRB permission.

Table 44 sets out the key characteristics of significant retail credit risk models that drive the capital calculation, consistent with those shown in the previous year. The table presents regulatory retail asset class, the associated RWAs, the number of models for each component, the model method or approach and the number of years of loss data used. The RWAs of $47.7bn represent 61% of the total retail IRB RWA.

PD models are developed using statistical estimation based on a minimum of five years of historical data. The modelling approach is typically inherently TTC. Where models are developed based on a PIT approach (as in the UK), the model outputs become effectively TTC through the application of buffer or model adjustments as agreed with the PRA.

EAD models are also developed using at least five years of historical observations and typically adopt one of two approaches:

-- For closed-end products without the facility for additional drawdowns, EAD is estimated as the outstanding balance of accounts at the time of observation.

-- For products with the facility for additional drawdowns, EAD is estimated as the outstanding balance of accounts at the time of observation plus a credit conversion factor applied to the undrawn portion of the facility.

LGD estimates have more variation, particularly in respect of the time period that is used to quantify economic downturn assumptions.

 
 Table 44: Retail IRB risk rating systems 
 
                                                 Statistical model built 
                                                  on internal behavioural 
                                                  data and bureau information. 
                                                  Underlying PIT model is 
                                                  calibrated to the latest 
                    Retail                        observed PD. An adjustment 
                     - secured                    is then applied to generate 
                     by mortgages                 the long-run PD based on 
UK HSBC              on immovable                 a combination of historical 
 residential         property                     misalignment of the underlying                  PD floor 
 mortgages           non-SME        5.36   PD   1 model and expert judgement.          7-10       of 0.03% 
                                           LGD  1Component based model incorporating,  >10       LGD floor 
                                                  'possession given default',                       of 10% 
                                                  'predicted shortfall' and                   at portfolio 
                                                  'time to possession'. A                            level 
                                                  downturn adjustment is 
                                                  applied to each component 
                                                  including a 30% reduction 
                                                  from peak house valuation 
                                                  and a 10% adjustment to 
                                                  forced sale haircut. 
                                                 Logical model that uses                          EAD must 
                                                  the sum of balance at observation               at least 
                                                  plus further unpaid interest                    be equal 
                                                  that could accrue before                      to current 
                                           EAD  1 default.                             7-10        balance 
                                                 Underlying PIT PD model 
                    Retail                        is a segmented scorecard. 
                     - secured                    An adjustment is then applied 
UK First             by mortgages                 based on observed misalignment 
 Direct              on immovable                 in the underlying model 
 residential         property                     (with some additional conservatism              PD floor 
 mortgages           non-SME        0.80   PD   1 applied).                            7-10       of 0.03% 
                                           LGD  1Component based model incorporating,  >10       LGD floor 
                                                  'possession given default',                       of 10% 
                                                  'predicted shortfall' and                   at portfolio 
                                                  'time to possession'. A                            level 
                                                  downturn adjustment is 
                                                  applied to each component 
                                                  including a 30% reduction 
                                                  from peak house valuation 
                                                  and a 10% adjustment to 
                                                  forced sale haircut. 
                                                 There are two separate 
                                                  EAD models - one for standard                   EAD must 
                                                  capital repayment mortgages                     at least 
                                                  and one for offset mortgages                    be equal 
                                                  which offer a revolving                       to current 
                                           EAD  2 loan facility.                       7-10        balance 
                                                 Statistical model built 
                                                  on internal behavioural 
                                                  data and bureau information. 
                                                  Underlying PIT model is 
                                                  calibrated to the latest 
                                                  observed PD. An adjustment 
                                                  is then applied to generate 
UK HSBC             Retail                        the long-run PD based on 
 credit              - qualifying                 historical observed misalignment                PD floor 
 cards               revolving      3.02   PD   1 of the underlying model.             7-10       of 0.03% 
                                                 Statistical model based 
                                                  on forecasting the amount 
                                                  of expected future recoveries, 
                                           LGD  1 segmented by default status.         7-10 
                                                 Statistical model that 
                                                  directly estimates EAD                          EAD must 
                                                  for different segments                          at least 
                                                  of the portfolio using                          be equal 
                                                  either balance or limit                       to current 
                                           EAD  1 as the key input.                    7-10        balance 
                                                 Statistical model built 
                                                  on internal behavioural 
                                                  data and bureau information. 
                                                  Underlying PIT model is 
                                                  calibrated to the latest 
                                                  observed PD. An adjustment 
                                                  is then applied to generate 
UK HSBC             Retail                        the long-run PD based on 
 personal            - other                      historical observed misalignment                PD floor 
 loans               non-SME        4.75   PD   1 of the underlying model.             7-10       of 0.03% 
                                                 Statistical model based 
                                                  on forecasting the amount 
                                                  of expected future recoveries, 
                                           LGD  1 segmented by default status.         7-10 
                                                                                                  EAD must 
                                                                                                  at least 
                                                 EAD is equal to current                          be equal 
                                                  balance as this provides                      to current 
                                           EAD  1 a conservative estimate.             7-10        balance 
Table 44: Retail IRB risk rating systems (continued) 
 
                                                 Statistical model built 
                                                  on internal behavioural 
                                                  data and bureau information. 
                                                  Underlying PIT model is 
                                                  calibrated to the latest 
                                                  observed PD. An adjustment 
                                                  is then applied to generate 
                    Retail                        the long run PD based on 
UK business          - other                      historical observed misalignment                PD floor 
 banking             SME            3.28   PD   1 of the underlying model.             7-10       of 0.03% 
                                                 Two sets of models - one 
                                                  for secured exposures and 
                                                  another for unsecured exposures. 
                                                  The secured model uses 
                                                  the value to loan as a 
                                                  key component for estimation 
                                                  and the unsecured model 
                                                  estimates the amount of 
                                                  future recoveries and undrawn 
                                           LGD  2 portion.                             7-10 
                                                 Statistical model using                          EAD must 
                                                  segmentation according                          at least 
                                                  to limit and utilisation                        be equal 
                                                  and estimation of the undrawn                 to current 
                                           EAD  1 exposure.                            7-10        balance 
                    Retail 
Hong Kong            - secured                   Statistical model built 
 HSBC                by mortgages                 on internal behavioural 
 personal            on immovable                 data and bureau information, 
 residential         property                     and calibrated to a long-run                    PD floor 
 mortgages(2)        non-SME        12.34  PD   2 default rate.                        >10        of 0.03% 
                                           LGD  2Statistical model based               >10       LGD floor 
                                                  on estimate of loss incurred                      of 10% 
                                                  over a recovery period                      at portfolio 
                                                  derived from historical                            level 
                                                  data with downturn LGD 
                                                  based on the worst observed 
                                                  default rate. 
                                           EAD  2Rule-based calculation                >10        EAD must 
                                                  based on current balance,                       at least 
                                                  which provides a conservative                   be equal 
                                                  estimate of EAD.                              to current 
                                                                                                   balance 
                    Retail 
Hong Kong            - secured 
 Hang                by mortgages                Statistical model built 
 Seng personal       on immovable                 on internal behavioural 
 residential         property                     data, and calibrated to                         PD floor 
 mortgages           non-SME        7.52   PD   2 a long-run default rate.             >10        of 0.03% 
                                           LGD  2Two statistical models                >10       LGD floor 
                                                  and one historical average                        of 10% 
                                                  model based on estimates                    at portfolio 
                                                  of loss incurred over a                            level 
                                                  recovery period derived 
                                                  from historical data with 
                                                  a downturn adjustment. 
                                           EAD  2Rule-based calculation                >10        EAD must 
                                                  based on current balance,                       at least 
                                                  which provides a conservative                   be equal 
                                                  estimate of EAD.                              to current 
                                                                                                   balance 
                                                 Statistical model built 
Hong Kong                                         on internal behavioural 
 HSBC               Retail                        data and bureau information, 
 credit              - qualifying                 and calibrated to a long-run                    PD floor 
 cards               revolving      4.08   PD   1 default rate.                        >10        of 0.03% 
                                           LGD  1Statistical model based               >10 
                                                  on forecasting the amount 
                                                  of expected losses. Downturn 
                                                  LGD derived using data 
                                                  from the period with the 
                                                  highest default rate. 
                                           EAD  1Statistical model that                >10        EAD must 
                                                  derives a credit utilisation                    at least 
                                                  which is used to estimate                       be equal 
                                                  EAD.                                          to current 
                                                                                                   balance 
Hong Kong                                        Statistical model built 
 HSBC                                             on internal behavioural 
 personal           Retail                        data and bureau information, 
 instalment          - other                      and calibrated to a long-run                    PD floor 
 loans               non-SME        1.50   PD   1 default rate.                        >10        of 0.03% 
                                           LGD  1Statistical model based               >10 
                                                  on forecasting the amount 
                                                  of expected future losses. 
                                                  Downturn LGD derived using 
                                                  data from the period with 
                                                  the highest default rate. 
                                           EAD  1Statistical model that                >10        EAD must 
                                                  derives a credit conversion                     at least 
                                                  factor to determine the                         be equal 
                                                  proportion of undrawn limit                   to current 
                                                  to be added to the balance                       balance 
                                                  at observation. 
                    Retail 
US HSBC              - secured                   Statistical model built 
 personal            by mortgages                 on internal behavioural 
 first               on immovable                 data and bureau information, 
 lien residential    property                     and calibrated to a long-run                    PD floor 
 mortgages(3)        non-SME        5.04   PD   1 default rate.                        >10        of 0.03% 
                                           LGD  1Statistical model based               >10       LGD floor 
                                                  on identifying the main                           of 10% 
                                                  risk drivers of loss and                    at portfolio 
                                                  recovery and grouping them                         level 
                                                  into homogeneous pools. 
                                                  Downturn LGD is derived 
                                                  based on the peak default 
                                                  rate observed. Additional 
                                                  assumptions and estimations 
                                                  are made on incomplete 
                                                  workouts. 
                                           EAD  1Rule-based calculation                >10        EAD must 
                                                  based on current balance                        at least 
                                                  which provides a conservative                   be equal 
                                                  estimate of EAD.                              to current 
                                                                                                   balance 
 
   1   Defined as the number of years of historical data used in model development and estimation. 

2 The Hong Kong Monetary Authority ('HKMA') applies a risk weight floor of 25% to all residential mortgages booked after 19 May 2017 (previously 15%).

3 In US mortgage business, first lien is a primary claim on a property that takes precedence over all subsequent claims and will be paid first from the proceeds in case of the property's foreclosure sale.

Retail credit models

Given the large number of retail IRB models globally, we disclose information on our significant local models. The actual and estimated values are derived from local model monitoring and calibration processes. Within the discipline of our global modelling policies, our analytics teams adopt back-testing criteria specific to local conditions in order to assess the accuracy of their models.

Table 45 presents estimated and actual values from the back-testing of significant IRB models covering portfolios in the UK, Hong Kong, and the residential mortgage portfolio in the US. The most recent three years have been included for comparative purposes.

In the table below:

-- PD presented is expressed on an obligor count basis consisting of non-defaulted obligors at the time of observation and

   --    LGD and EAD refer to observations for the defaulted population. 

The LGD values represent the amount of loss as a percentage of EAD, and are calculated based on defaulted accounts that were fully resolved or have completed the modelled recovery outcome period at the reporting date. The EAD values of the defaulted exposures are presented as a percentage of the total EAD, which includes all defaulted and non-defaulted exposures for the relevant population. The regulatory PD and LGD floors (0.03% and 10% respectively) are only applied during final capital calculation and are not reflected in the estimates below.

For our UK residential mortgage portfolios, the estimates include required regulatory downturn adjustments. In conducting the back-testing, our UK residential mortgage LGD models consider repossession rates over a 36-month period starting at the date of default. For both our HSBC and First Direct branded residential mortgages, estimates and actual values for LGD remained low and stable in 2019.

The Hong Kong estimated LGD values in Table 45 include required stressed factors to reflect downturn conditions. The LGD models for our Hong Kong HSBC and Hang Seng residential mortgage portfolios use a recovery outcome period of 24 months starting at the date of default. For both portfolios, LGD estimates remain higher than the calculated actual values but below the 10% regulatory floor.

The US estimates in Table 45 include downturn adjustments and model overlays agreed with the PRA. The LGD models use a recovery outcome period of 36 months, reflecting the recovery process due to foreclosure moratoria. LGD estimates and actual values remained stable in 2019.

 
 Table 45: IRB models - estimated and actual values (retail)(1) 
                                                     PD                 LGD                  EAD 
                                             Estimated  Actuals  Estimated  Actuals  Estimated    Actuals 
                                                     %        %          %        %          %          % 
2019 
UK 
 - HSBC residential mortgage                      0.33     0.29       9.17     0.32       0.29     0.28 
 - FD residential mortgages                       0.42     0.34       7.42     1.85       0.93     0.74 
                                             ---------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------  ------- 
 - HSBC credit card                               1.06     1.05      91.29    88.58       1.51     1.48 
 - HSBC personal loans                            2.54     2.19      83.61    61.79       2.26     2.10 
 - Business Banking (Retail SME)                  2.95     2.92      78.23    55.48       2.54     2.31 
 Hong Kong 
 - HSBC personal residential mortgage             0.60     0.03       1.58     1.21       0.02     0.02 
------------------------------------------- 
- Hang Seng personal residential 
 mortgage                                         0.37     0.10       4.52     1.03       0.07     0.07 
 - HSBC credit card                               0.53     0.20      89.06    78.37       0.38     0.40 
 - HSBC personal instalment loans                 2.13     1.31      88.92    84.70       1.06     0.92 
 US - HSBC personal first lien 
  residential mortgage                            1.54     0.54      51.01    18.24       0.30     0.29 
-------------------------------------------  ---------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------  ------- 
 2018 
-------------------------------------------  ---------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------  --------- 
 UK 
 - HSBC residential mortgage                      0.40     0.27       9.60     0.38       0.27     0.25 
 - FD residential mortgages                       0.45     0.38       8.19     2.07       1.05     0.86 
 - HSBC credit card                               1.01     0.97      88.75    85.15       1.42     1.40 
 - HSBC personal loans                            2.13     1.88      84.84    87.97       1.83     1.75 
 - Business Banking (Retail SME)                  2.83     2.86      78.56    71.56       2.30     2.09 
------------------------------------------- 
Hong Kong 
 - HSBC personal residential mortgage             0.70     0.02       2.87     1.70       0.02     0.02 
 - Hang Seng personal residential 
  mortgage                                        0.39     0.09       5.99     0.84       0.08     0.08 
------------------------------------------- 
 - HSBC credit card                               0.57     0.24      87.92    75.98       0.40     0.42 
 - HSBC personal instalment loans                 2.27     1.47      89.01    83.73       1.24     1.10 
 US - HSBC personal first lien residential 
  mortgage                                        1.71     0.69      52.06    21.69       0.43     0.42 
------------------------------------------- 
 2017 
-------------------------------------------  ---------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------  --------- 
 UK 
 - HSBC residential mortgage                      0.44     0.28       9.74     0.88       0.26     0.24 
 - FD residential mortgages                       0.48     0.41       2.11     0.45       1.09     0.91 
 - HSBC credit card                               0.92     0.77      90.86    85.68       1.10     1.07 
 - HSBC personal loans                            1.94     1.62      87.77    79.90       1.58     1.50 
 - Business Banking (Retail SME)                  2.57     2.64      73.87    70.25       1.90     1.51 
 Hong Kong 
 - HSBC personal residential mortgage             0.72     0.04       1.43     0.14       0.05     0.05 
------------------------------------------- 
- Hang Seng personal residential 
 mortgage                                         0.42     0.14       5.18     0.59       0.14     0.14 
 - HSBC credit card                               0.65     0.28      89.33    76.11       0.47     0.50 
 - HSBC personal instalment loans                 2.34     1.51      89.07    80.05       1.25     1.14 
 US - HSBC personal first lien residential 
  mortgage                                        1.91     0.80      53.27    22.22       0.37     0.36 
------------------------------------------- 
 
   1   Data represents an annual view, analysed at 30 September. 
 
 Model performance 
 

Model validation is subject to global internal standards designed to support a comprehensive quantitative and qualitative process within a cycle of model monitoring and validation that includes:

   --    investigation of model stability; 
   --    measuring model performance by comparing the model's outputs against actual outcomes; and 

-- reviewing model use within the business, e.g. user input data quality, override activity and the assessment of results from key controls around the usage of the rating system as a whole within the overall credit process.

Models are monitored against a series of metrics and triggers approved by the appropriate governance committee. Model performance metrics, and any material remedial actions in the event of a trigger breach, are reported at the Wholesale and RBWM MOCs. We also disclose model performance reports for our IRB models to our lead regulator, the PRA, quarterly. We are designing a new target operating model for the MRM function, which sets model risk management policy, standards and model risk appetite.

Further information is available on page 146 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

A large number of models are used within the Group, and data at individual model level is, in most cases, immaterial in the context of the overall Group. We therefore disclose data covering most wholesale models, including corporate models on an aggregated basis, and on the significant retail models.

Tables 46 and 47 below validate the reliability of PD calculations by comparing the PD used in IRB calculations with actual default experience. In Table 47, a customer's PD is observed at a PIT and their default or non-default status in the following one-year period is recorded against that PD grade.

 
 Table 46: Wholesale IRB exposure - back-testing of probability of default 
  (PD) per portfolio(1) (CR9) 
                                                                                Number of 
                                                                                 obligors 
                                                                                                          of which:       Average 
                                                                 Arithmetic                                     new    historical 
                   External     External     External               average       End          Defaulted  defaulted        annual 
                     rating       rating       rating  Weighted       PD by        of     End   obligors   obligors       default 
                 equivalent   equivalent   equivalent   average    obligors  previous  of the     in the     in the          rate 
PD range              (S&P)    (Moody's)      (Fitch)      PD %           %   year(3)    year       year       year             % 
2019 
                -----------  ----------- 
Sovereigns(2) 
                     AAA to       Aaa to       AAA to 
0.00 to <0.15            A-         Baa1         BBB+      0.02        0.04        53      54          -          -           - 
0.15 to <0.25          BBB+         Baa2          BBB      0.22        0.22         6       7          -          -           - 
0.25 to <0.50           BBB         Baa3         BBB-      0.37        0.37         8       8          -          -           - 
0.50 to <0.75          BBB-         Baa3         BBB-      0.63        0.63         7       6          -          -           - 
                     BB+ to       Ba1 to       BB+ to 
0.75 to <2.50           BB-           B1           B+      2.05        1.38        21      16          -          -           - 
                -----------  ----------- 
                      B+ to        B2 to 
2.5 to <10.00            B-         Caa1    B to CCC+      5.65        4.81        21      22          -          -           - 
10.00 to               CCC+         Caa1       CCC to 
 <100.00               to C         to C            C     36.00       17.33         6       7          -          -        1.79 
                                                       --------  ----------                    ---------  ---------  ---------- 
 
Banks 
                     AAA to       Aaa to       AAA to 
0.00 to <0.15            A-         Baa1         BBB+      0.05        0.08       268     287          -          -           - 
0.15 to <0.25          BBB+         Baa2          BBB      0.22        0.22        62      71          -          -           - 
0.25 to <0.50           BBB         Baa3         BBB-      0.37        0.37        61      49          -          -           - 
0.50 to <0.75          BBB-         Baa3         BBB-      0.63        0.63        47      50          -          -           - 
                     BB+ to       Ba1 to       BB+ to 
0.75 to <2.50           BB-           B1           B+      1.11        1.31       102      91          -          -           - 
                      B+ to        B2 to 
2.5 to <10.00            B-         Caa1    B to CCC+      4.17        4.59        54      42          -          -        0.09 
                -----------  ----------- 
10.00 to               CCC+         Caa1       CCC to 
 <100.00               to C         to C            C     12.67       11.77        17      24          -          -        1.40 
                                                       --------  ----------                    ---------  ---------  ---------- 
 
Corporates 
                     AAA to       Aaa to       AAA to 
0.00 to <0.15            A-         Baa1         BBB+      0.08        0.11    12,916  13,575         12          -        0.03 
0.15 to <0.25          BBB+         Baa2          BBB      0.22        0.22    12,147  12,808         19          -        0.11 
0.25 to <0.50           BBB         Baa3         BBB-      0.37        0.37    11,998  12,911         24          -        0.23 
0.50 to <0.75          BBB-         Baa3         BBB-      0.63        0.63    10,844  11,926         29          3        0.41 
                     BB+ to       Ba1 to       BB+ to 
0.75 to <2.50           BB-           B1           B+      1.38        1.42    33,473  32,750        262         36        0.86 
                      B+ to        B2 to 
2.5 to <10.00            B-         Caa1    B to CCC+      4.15        4.25    12,978  12,999        556         77        3.05 
                -----------  ----------- 
10.00 to               CCC+         Caa1       CCC to 
 <100.00               to C         to C            C     21.94       18.42     1,571   1,723        234         16       13.29 
                                                       --------  ----------                    ---------  ---------  ---------- 
 
 
 Table 46: Wholesale IRB exposure - back-testing of probability of default 
  (PD) per portfolio(1) (CR9) (continued) 
                                                                                Number of 
                                                                                 obligors 
                                                                                                          of which:       Average 
                                                                 Arithmetic                                     new    historical 
                   External     External     External               average                    Defaulted  defaulted        annual 
                     rating       rating       rating  Weighted       PD by    End of  End of   obligors   obligors       default 
                 equivalent   equivalent   equivalent   average    obligors  previous     the     in the     in the          rate 
PD range              (S&P)    (Moody's)      (Fitch)      PD %           %   year(3)    year       year       year             % 
2018 
Sovereigns(2) 
                             ----------- 
                     AAA to       Aaa to       AAA to 
0.00 to <0.15           BBB         Baa2          BBB      0.02        0.04        53      53          -          -           - 
                             ----------- 
0.15 to <0.25          BBB-         Baa3         BBB-      0.22        0.22         7       6          -          -           - 
                             ----------- 
0.25 to <0.50          BBB-         Baa3         BBB-      0.37        0.37         5       8          -          -           - 
                             ----------- 
                     BB+ to       Ba1 to       BB+ to 
0.50 to <0.75            BB          Ba2           BB      0.63        0.63         7       7          -          -           - 
 
                     BB- to       Ba3 to       BB- to 
0.75 to <2.50            B-           B2           B-      1.44        1.32        23      21          -          -           - 
 
                       B to        B2 to      CCC+ to 
2.5 to <10.00            B-         Caa1          CCC      3.65        4.92        21      21          -          -           - 
                             ----------- 
10.00 to              B- to         Caa1       CCC to 
 <100.00                  C         to C            C     10.00       18.75         8       6          -          -        1.79 
                             ----------- 
 
Banks 
                     AAA to       Aaa to       AAA to 
0.00 to <0.15            A-         Baa1         BBB+      0.05        0.08       258     268          -          -           - 
0.15 to <0.25          BBB+         Baa2          BBB      0.22        0.22        62      62          -          -           - 
0.25 to <0.50           BBB         Baa3         BBB-      0.37        0.37        48      61          -          -           - 
0.50 to <0.75          BBB-         Baa3         BBB-      0.63        0.63        58      47          -          -           - 
                     BB+ to       Ba1 to       BB+ to 
0.75 to <2.50           BB-           B1           B+      1.15        1.36       119     102          -          -           - 
                      B+ to        B2 to 
2.5 to <10.00            B-         Caa1    B to CCC+      4.10        4.54        75      54          -          -        0.17 
 
10.00 to               CCC+         Caa1       CCC to 
 <100.00               to C         to C            C     15.62       13.61        18      17          -          -        1.55 
                             ----------- 
 
Corporates 
                     AAA to       Aaa to       AAA to 
0.00 to <0.15            A-         Baa1         BBB+      0.09        0.10    12,935  13,750          6          -        0.02 
 
0.15 to <0.25          BBB+         Baa2          BBB      0.22        0.22    12,344  12,741          4          -        0.11 
0.25 to <0.50           BBB         Baa3         BBB-      0.37        0.37    12,779  12,794          9          -        0.22 
0.50 to <0.75          BBB-         Baa3         BBB-      0.63        0.63    11,153  11,616         27          1        0.40 
                     BB+ to       Ba1 to       BB+ to 
0.75 to <2.50           BB-           B1           B+      1.35        1.44    36,542  35,581        275         27        0.88 
 
                      B+ to        B2 to 
2.5 to <10.00            B-         Caa1    B to CCC+      4.23        4.32    13,712  14,023        379         42        2.93 
                             ----------- 
10.00 to               CCC+         Caa1       CCC to 
 <100.00               to C         to C            C     18.81       19.65     1,814   1,762        269         21       12.93 
                             ----------- 
 
   1   Data represents an annual view, analysed at 30 September. 

2 The CRR to external ratings mapping has been updated for Sovereign portfolios to reflect the current CRR master scale.

3 Back-testing is conducted on the basis of the opening count of obligors not in default in each year. Obligors who default during the year are excluded from the opening count for the following year.

 
 Table 47: Retail IRB exposure - back-testing of probability of default 
  (PD) per portfolio(1) (CR9) 
                                            Number of obligors 
                                                                                  of which:        Average 
                             Arithmetic                            Defaulted  new defaulted     historical 
                Weighted        average       End of                obligors       obligors         annual 
                 average          PD by     previous       End of     in the         in the        default 
PD range              PD       obligors      year(2)     the year       year           year           rate 
2019 
Retail - 
Secured 
by real estate 
non-SME 
0.00 to <0.15       0.06           0.06      727,744      762,489        269              2         0.04 
0.15 to <0.25       0.19           0.19       65,933       71,284         63              2         0.09 
0.25 to <0.50       0.35           0.35       65,548       70,656         99              2         0.13 
0.50 to <0.75       0.59           0.59       26,743       27,154         65              -         0.21 
0.75 to <2.50       1.31           1.38       54,654       61,885        245              2         0.38 
2.50 to <10.00      4.19           4.25       16,580       15,967        358              -         1.80 
10.00 to 
 <100.00           26.39          21.52        6,301        3,852      1,196             16        17.19 
                --------                              -----------             ------------- 
 
Retail - 
qualifying 
revolving 
0.00 to <0.15       0.06           0.06    3,219,726    3,328,050      1,483             67         0.05 
0.15 to <0.25       0.19           0.19      776,922      811,125        796             31         0.10 
0.25 to <0.50       0.36           0.36      692,096      737,010      1,365             46         0.20 
0.50 to <0.75       0.61           0.62      330,981      349,945      1,174             44         0.35 
0.75 to <2.50       1.35           1.33      717,012      755,881      6,253            196         0.81 
2.50 to <10.00      4.58           4.35      216,958      228,896      7,665            279         3.25 
10.00 to 
 <100.00           29.90          29.24       60,952       47,671     17,756             33        22.75 
                --------                              -----------             ------------- 
 
Retail - other 
 non-SME 
                --------                                                      ------------- 
0.00 to <0.15       0.13           0.13       34,493       46,360         57             14         0.15 
0.15 to <0.25       0.18           0.17      119,005      108,191        220             25         0.14 
0.25 to <0.50       0.39           0.39       70,521      130,566        303            127         0.27 
0.50 to <0.75       0.58           0.58       35,026       57,295        301             93         0.52 
0.75 to <2.50       1.33           1.34      199,214      185,914      2,631            444         1.18 
2.50 to <10.00      4.23           4.54       77,263       61,559      3,563            265         3.70 
10.00 to 
 <100.00           37.52          37.19       18,396        8,894      5,864             22        34.92 
                --------                              -----------             ------------- 
 
Retail - other 
 SME 
                --------                                                      ------------- 
0.00 to <0.15       0.10           0.10       59,060       57,074         29              -         0.05 
0.15 to <0.25       0.21           0.20       49,952       49,148         52              2         0.16 
0.25 to <0.50       0.39           0.38      120,086      118,700        414              7         0.34 
0.50 to <0.75       0.61           0.61       97,307       99,368        578              6         0.63 
0.75 to <2.50       1.51           1.34      269,122      273,060      3,736             96         1.43 
2.50 to <10.00      4.79           4.68      159,675      155,791      7,440            212         4.06 
10.00 to 
 <100.00           20.75          22.90       50,282       42,171     11,718             94        17.16 
                --------                              -----------             ------------- 
 
 
 Table 47: Retail IRB exposure - back-testing of probability of default 
  (PD) per portfolio(1) (CR9) (continued) 
                                            Number of obligors 
                                                                                  of which:        Average 
                             Arithmetic                            Defaulted  new defaulted     historical 
                Weighted        average       End of                obligors       obligors         annual 
                 average          PD by     previous       End of     in the         in the        default 
PD range              PD       obligors      year(2)     the year       year           year           rate 
2018 
Retail - 
Secured 
by real estate 
non-SME 
0.00 to <0.15       0.06           0.06      696,972      738,577        259              3         0.03 
0.15 to <0.25       0.19           0.19       60,467       60,748         59              -         0.08 
 
0.25 to <0.50       0.35           0.34       65,972       64,896         98              2         0.13 
 
0.50 to <0.75       0.60           0.60       26,090       24,446         59              -         0.20 
 
0.75 to <2.50       1.33           1.35       58,184       53,707        237              1         0.41 
2.50 to <10.00      4.33           4.32       18,547       15,669        332              1         1.97 
10.00 to 
 <100.00           26.08          23.26        7,612        4,883      1,254              9        18.79 
                                                                   --------- 
 
Retail - 
qualifying 
revolving 
0.00 to <0.15       0.06           0.06    3,142,314    3,246,838      1,492             72         0.05 
0.15 to <0.25       0.19           0.19      727,005      756,129        747             18         0.10 
0.25 to <0.50       0.36           0.36      660,076      690,157      1,277             38         0.20 
0.50 to <0.75       0.61           0.62      310,930      334,756      1,120             23         0.35 
0.75 to <2.50       1.35           1.32      661,414      723,761      5,871             97         0.81 
2.50 to <10.00      4.60           4.41      205,789      224,910      7,319             78         3.11 
10.00 to 
 <100.00           29.12          28.71       68,365       48,267     16,375             11        21.00 
                                                                   --------- 
 
Retail - other 
 non-SME 
0.00 to <0.15       0.09           0.08      124,924      146,849        267              7         0.15 
0.15 to <0.25       0.19           0.19       79,492       89,056        145              5         0.14 
0.25 to <0.50       0.36           0.36      114,634      127,085        395             23         0.27 
0.50 to <0.75       0.61           0.62       39,397       40,862        213             13         0.52 
0.75 to <2.50       1.35           1.40       97,623       96,793      1,345             45         1.23 
2.50 to <10.00      4.52           4.82       53,464       47,449      2,108             48         3.51 
10.00 to 
 <100.00           41.84          40.92       15,141        7,090      5,535              6        35.84 
                                                                   --------- 
 
Retail - other 
 SME 
0.00 to <0.15       0.10           0.10       61,271       59,701         18              -         0.06 
0.15 to <0.25       0.20           0.19       51,337       50,498         78              1         0.18 
0.25 to <0.50       0.38           0.36      114,069      113,307        382              3         0.38 
0.50 to <0.75       0.61           0.61      120,311      121,038        687              4         0.69 
0.75 to <2.50       1.54           1.37      292,313      289,602      4,083             86         1.55 
2.50 to <10.00      4.86           4.80      155,113      145,309      7,558            117         4.21 
10.00 to 
 <100.00           19.62          22.47       49,944       42,946     11,563             29        17.07 
                                                                   --------- 
 
   1   Data represents an annual view, analysed at 30 September. 

2 Back-testing is conducted on the basis of the opening count of obligors not in default in each year. Obligors who default during the year are excluded from the opening count for the following year.

 
 Counterparty credit risk 
 
 
 Counterparty credit risk management 
 

Counterparty credit risk ('CCR') arises for derivatives and SFTs. It is calculated in both the trading and non-trading books, and is the risk that a counterparty may default before settlement of the transaction. CCR is generated primarily in our wholesale global businesses.

Four approaches may be used under CRD IV to calculate exposure values for CCR: mark-to-market, original exposure, standardised and IMM. Exposure values calculated under these approaches are used to determine RWAs. Across the Group, we use the mark-to-market and IMM approaches.

Under the mark-to-market approach, the EAD is calculated as current exposure plus regulatory add-ons. We use this approach for all products not covered by our IMM permission. Under the IMM approach, EAD is calculated by multiplying the effective expected positive exposure with a multiplier called 'alpha'.

Alpha (set to a default value of 1.4) accounts for several portfolio features that increase EL above that indicated by effective expected positive exposure in the event of default, such as:

   --    co-variance of exposures; 
   --    correlation between exposures and default; 
   --    level of volatility/correlation that might coincide with a downturn; 
   --    concentration risk; and 
   --    model risk. 

The effective expected positive exposure is derived from simulation, pricing and aggregation internal models approved by regulators. The IMM model is subject to ongoing model validation including monthly model performance monitoring.

From a risk management perspective, products not covered by IMM are subject to conservative asset class add-ons, in addition to daily monitoring of credit limit utilisation.

The potential future exposure ('PFE') measures used for CCR management are calibrated to the 95th percentile. The measures consider volatility, trade maturity and the counterparty legal documentation covering netting and collateral.

Limits for CCR exposures are assigned within the overall credit process. The credit risk function assigns a limit against each counterparty to cover exposure which may arise as a result of a counterparty default. The magnitude of this limit will depend on the overall risk appetite and type of derivatives and SFT trading undertaken with the counterparty.

The models and methodologies used in the calculation of CCR are overseen and monitored by the Traded Risk Model Oversight Committee. Models are subject to ongoing monitoring and validation. Additionally, they are subject to independent review at inception and annually thereafter.

 
 Table 48: Analysis of counterparty credit risk exposure by approach 
  (excluding centrally cleared exposures)(1) (CCR1) 
                                                                          Effective 
                                                             Potential     expected 
                                              Replacement       future     positive                        EAD 
                                                     cost     exposure     exposure    Multiplier     post-CRM    RWAs 
                                                      $bn          $bn          $bn           $bn          $bn     $bn 
--- 
1    Mark-to-market                                 7.6         22.5            -             -         30.1    12.4 
 4   Internal Model Method                            -            -         34.8           1.4         48.7    18.7 
     - of which: derivatives and 
6     long settlement transactions(2)                 -            -         34.8           1.4         48.7    18.7 
 
     Financial collateral comprehensive 
9     method (for SFTs)                               -            -            -             -         50.4     7.9 
11   Total at 31 Dec 2019                           7.6         22.5         34.8           1.4        129.2    39.0 
 
1    Mark to market                                12.6         21.5            -             -         34.1    13.9 
 4   Internal Model Method                            -            -         29.9           1.4         41.8    16.2 
     - of which: derivatives and 
 6    long settlement transactions(2)                 -            -         29.9           1.4         41.8    16.2 
     Financial collateral comprehensive 
9     method (for SFTs)                               -            -            -             -         49.3    10.2 
11   Total at 31 Dec 2018                          12.6         21.5         29.9           1.4        125.2    40.3 
 
 
   1   As the Group does not use the original exposure method, notional values are not reported. 

2 Prior to the implementation of SA-CCR, exposures reported in this row will be those under the mark-to-market method.

Credit valuation adjustment

Credit valuation adjustments ('CVA') represent the risk of loss as a result of adverse changes to the credit quality of counterparties in derivative transactions. Where we have both specific risk VaR approval and IMM approval for a product, the CVA VaR approach has been used to calculate the CVA capital charge.

Where we do not hold both approvals, the standardised approach has been applied. Certain counterparty exposures are exempt from CVA, such as non-financial counterparties and sovereigns.

 
 Table 49: Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge (CCR2) 
                                                              At 31 Dec            At 31 Dec 
                                                                 2019                 2018 
                                                                 EAD                  EAD 
                                                            post-CRM    RWAs     post-CRM    RWAs 
                                                                 $bn     $bn          $bn     $bn 
    Total portfolios subject to the Advanced CVA 
1    capital charge                                           22.2     3.1         21.4     4.9 
 
2   - VaR component (including the 3 × multiplier)                0.5                  0.9 
 3  - stressed VaR component (including the 3 
     × multiplier)                                                2.6                  4.0 
4   All portfolios subject to the Standardised 
     CVA capital charge                                       13.6     0.9         13.6     1.0 
 
 5  Total subject to the CVA capital charge                   35.8     4.0         35.0     5.9 
 
 

The following table presents information on the risk-weighting of CCR exposures under the standardised approach by regulatory portfolio. Further detail on the standardised approach is provided

on page 43. Information on exposures under the IRB approach can be found in Table 78 of Appendix I.

 
 Table 50: Standardised approach - CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio 
  and risk weights (CCR3) 
                                                                                                    Total 
                                                                                                   credit    of which: 
     Risk weight         0%   10%        20%      50%     75%     100%     150%       Others     exposure      unrated 
                        $bn       $bn       $bn      $bn     $bn      $bn      $bn       $bn          $bn          $bn 
                                       --------                                                            ----------- 
     Central 
     governments 
     and central 
 1   banks            8.8      -          -        -                -        -           -          8.8            - 
     Regional 
     government 
     or local 
 2   authorities      2.5      -          -        -       -        -        -           -          2.5            - 
 6   Institutions       -                 -      0.1              0.1        -           -          0.2 
7    Corporates         -      -          -        -       -      2.1        -           -          2.1          1.9 
 
     Total at 31 
     Dec 2019        11.3      -          -      0.1       -      2.2        -           -         13.6          1.9 
                                                                                                           --------- 
 
     Central 
     governments 
     and central 
 1   banks            7.4      -        0.1        -       -        -        -           -          7.5            - 
     Regional 
     government 
     or local 
 2   authorities      1.0      -          -        -       -        -        -           -          1.0          0.1 
 6   Institutions       -      -          -        -       -      0.1        -           -          0.1            - 
7    Corporates         -      -          -        -       -      1.9        -           -          1.9          1.6 
                                  --- 
       Total at 31 
          Dec 2018    8.4      -        0.1        -       -      2.0        -           -         10.5          1.7 
                                  --- 
 

Collateral arrangements

Our policy is to revalue all traded transactions and associated collateral positions on a daily basis. An independent collateral management function manages the collateral process, including pledging and receiving collateral and investigating disputes and non-receipts.

Eligible collateral types are controlled under a policy to ensure price transparency, price stability, liquidity, enforceability, independence, reusability and eligibility for regulatory purposes.

A valuation 'haircut' policy reflects the fact that collateral may fall in value between the date the collateral was called and the date of liquidation or enforcement. Approximately 99% of collateral held as variation margin under CSAs is either cash or liquid government securities.

Further information on gross fair value exposure and the offset due to legally enforceable netting and collateral is set out on page 304 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Table 51: Impact of netting and collateral held on exposure values 
  (CCR5-A) 
                                   Gross positive 
                                       fair value                    Netted 
                                           or net                   current 
                                         carrying      Netting       credit    Collateral    Net credit 
                                           amount     benefits     exposure          held      exposure 
                                              $bn          $bn          $bn           $bn           $bn 
1   Derivatives                           595.4        442.8        152.6          51.9         100.7 
2   SFTs                                  865.1            -        865.1         814.6          50.5 
4   Total at 31 Dec 2019                1,460.5        442.8      1,017.7         866.5         151.2 
                                 --------------    ---------    ---------    ----------    ---------- 
 
1   Derivatives                           579.7        431.8        147.9          42.4         105.5 
2   SFTs                                  983.8            -        983.8         933.1          50.7 
4   Total at 31 Dec 2018                1,563.5        431.8      1,131.7         975.5         156.2 
 
 
Table 52: Composition of collateral for CCR exposure (CCR5-B) 
                                       Collateral used in derivative                           Collateral used 
                                                transactions                                       in SFTs 
                               Fair value of 
                                 collateral                    Fair value of 
                                  received                    posted collateral 
                                                                                             Fair value     Fair value 
                                                                                          of collateral      of posted 
                           Segregated    Unsegregated      Segregated    Unsegregated          received     collateral 
                                  $bn             $bn             $bn             $bn               $bn            $bn 
     Cash - domestic 
 1   currency                     -             6.8               -             7.8              57.4           98.6 
     Cash - other 
 2   currencies                   -            48.1               -            45.3             287.4          374.1 
     Domestic 
 3   sovereign debt               -             7.3             0.5             6.4              90.4           64.7 
     Other sovereign 
 4   debt                         -             5.1             2.8            11.3             327.0          275.4 
     Government 
 5   agency debt                  -             0.2               -             0.1               6.5            1.0 
 6   Corporate bonds              -             1.0             0.7             0.3              47.2           10.5 
     Equity 
 7   securities                   -             0.2             0.2               -              39.1           40.6 
     Other 
8    collateral                   -             0.2             2.8             1.6               1.7            0.2 
 
     Total at 31 Dec 
 9   2019                         -            68.9             7.0            72.8             856.7          865.1 
--- 
 
     Cash - domestic 
 1   currency                     -             5.6             1.6             4.9              75.9          118.9 
     Cash - other 
 2   currencies                   -            37.6             5.5            32.6             344.1          402.0 
     Domestic 
 3   sovereign debt               -             5.5               -             5.2             107.7           84.6 
     Other sovereign 
 4   debt                         -             5.8               -             9.5             352.4          323.8 
     Government 
 5   agency debt                  -             0.1               -             0.2              13.4            4.4 
 6   Corporate bonds              -             0.7               -             0.3              36.4           16.5 
     Equity 
 7   securities                   -               -               -               -              36.8           32.3 
     Other 
8    collateral                   -             0.3               -             1.2               1.4            0.5 
     Total at 31 Dec 
9               2018              -            55.6             7.1            53.9             968.1          983.0 
 
 

Table 53 shows the credit derivative exposures that HSBC holds, split between those amounts due to client intermediation and those amounts booked as part of HSBC's own credit portfolio.

Where the credit derivative is used to hedge our own portfolio, no counterparty credit risk capital requirement arises.

For a discussion on hedging risk and monitoring the continuing effectiveness of hedges, refer to Note 1.2(h) of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
Table 53: Credit derivatives exposures (CCR6) 
                                                                        At 31 Dec 
                                                              2019                     2018 
                                                     Protection  Protection  Protection    Protection 
                                                         bought        sold      bought          sold 
                                          Footnotes         $bn         $bn         $bn           $bn 
Notionals 
Credit derivative products used 
 for own credit portfolio 
                                          --------- 
- Index credit default swaps                               9.4         7.7         2.3           - 
Total notionals used for own credit 
 portfolio                                                 9.4         7.7         2.3           - 
                                          ---------              ---------   ---------   --------- 
Credit derivative products used 
 for intermediation                           1 
- Index credit default swaps                             160.7       142.0       168.6       154.0 
                                                                 --------- 
- Total return swaps                                      15.4         9.7        14.6         6.9 
                                                                 --------- 
Total notionals used for intermediation                  176.1       151.7       183.2       160.9 
                                                                 ---------   ---------   --------- 
Total credit derivative notionals                        185.5       159.4       185.5       160.9 
                                                                 ---------   ---------   --------- 
Fair values 
- Positive fair value (asset)                              2.4         2.3         2.6         1.2 
- Negative fair value (liability)                         (2.8)       (2.8)       (1.4)       (2.4) 
                                                                 ---------   ---------   --------- 
 

1 This is where we act as an intermediary for our clients, enabling them to take a position in the underlying securities. This does not increase risk for HSBC.

Central counterparties

While exchange traded derivatives have been cleared through central counterparties ('CCPs') for many years, recent regulatory initiatives designed to reduce systemic risk in the banking system are directing increasing volumes of OTC derivatives to be cleared through CCPs.

To manage the significant concentration of risk in CCPs that results from this, we have developed a risk appetite framework to manage risk accordingly, at the level of individual CCPs and globally. A dedicated CCP risk team has been established to manage the interface with CCPs and undertake in-depth due diligence of the unique risks associated with these organisations.

 
 Table 54: Exposures to central counterparties (CCR8) 
                                                         At 31 Dec 2019          At 31 Dec 2018 
                                                                                  EAD post- 
                                                       EAD post-CRM    RWAs             CRM    RWAs 
                                                                $bn     $bn             $bn     $bn 
                                                                             --------------  ------ 
1    Exposures to QCCPs (total)                              33.4     1.1            42.3     1.1 
    Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding 
2    initial margin and default fund contributions)          15.2     0.3            24.8     0.5 
 3   - OTC derivatives                                        5.1     0.1             9.8     0.2 
4    - exchange-traded derivatives                            5.4     0.1             9.2     0.2 
    ----------------------------------------------- 
5    - securities financing transactions                      4.7     0.1             5.8     0.1 
    -----------------------------------------------  ------------    ---- 
7    Segregated initial margin                                6.9       -             7.1       - 
8    Non-segregated initial margin                           11.3     0.2            10.4     0.2 
 9   Pre-funded default fund contributions                      -     0.6               -     0.4 
    ----------------------------------------------- 
 

Wrong-way risk

Wrong-way risk occurs when a counterparty's exposures are adversely correlated with its credit quality.

There are two types of wrong-way risk:

-- General wrong-way risk occurs when the probability of counterparty default is positively correlated with general risk factors, for example, where a counterparty is resident and/or incorporated in a higher-risk country and seeks to sell a non-domestic currency in exchange for its home currency.

-- Specific wrong-way risk occurs in self-referencing transactions. These are transactions in which exposure is driven by capital or financing instruments issued by the counterparty and occurs where exposure from HSBC's perspective materially increases as the value of the counterparty's capital or financing instruments referenced in the contract decreases. It is HSBC policy that specific wrong-way transactions are approved on a case-by-case basis.

We use a range of tools to monitor and control wrong-way risk, including requiring the business to obtain prior approval before undertaking wrong-way risk transactions outside pre-agreed guidelines.

The regional Traded Risk functions are responsible for the control and monitoring process within an overarching Group framework and limit framework.

Credit rating downgrade

A credit rating downgrade clause in a Master Agreement or a credit rating downgrade threshold clause in a credit support annex ('CSA') is designed to trigger an action if the credit rating of the affected party falls below a specified level. These actions may include the requirement to pay or increase collateral, the termination of transactions by the non-affected party or the assignment of transactions by the affected party.

At 31 December 2019, the value of the additional collateral pertaining to International Swaps and Derivatives Association CSA downgrade thresholds that we would potentially need to post with counterparties in the event of a one-notch downgrade of our rating was $0.2bn (2018: $0.2bn) and for a two-notch downgrade was $0.4bn (2018: $0.4bn).

 
 Securitisation 
 
 
 Securitisation strategy 
 

HSBC acts as originator, sponsor, liquidity provider and derivative counterparty to our own originated and sponsored securitisations, as well as those of third parties. Our strategy is to use securitisation to meet our needs for aggregate funding or capital management, to the extent that market, regulatory treatments and other conditions are suitable, and for customer facilitation. We do not provide support to any of our originated or sponsored securitisations, and it is not our policy to do so.

We have senior and junior exposures to Mazarin Funding Limited, which is a securities investment conduit ('SIC'). We also hold all of the commercial paper issued by Solitaire Funding Limited. These are considered legacy businesses, and exposures are being repaid as the securities they hold amortise or are sold.

 
 Securitisation activity 
 

Our roles in the securitisation process are as follows:

   --    originator: where we originate the assets being securitised, either directly or indirectly; 

-- sponsor: where we establish and manage a securitisation programme that purchases exposures from third parties; and

-- investor: where we invest in a securitisation transaction directly or provide derivatives or liquidity facilities to a securitisation.

HSBC as originator

We use SPEs to securitise customer loans and advances and other debt that we have originated in order to diversify our sources of funding for asset origination and for capital efficiency purposes. In such cases, we transfer the loans and advances to the SPEs for cash, and the SPEs issue debt securities to investors to fund the cash purchases.

In addition, we use SPEs to mitigate the capital absorbed by some of the customer loans and advances we have originated. Credit derivatives are used to transfer the credit risk associated with such customer loans and advances to an SPE, using an approach commonly known as synthetic securitisation by which the SPE writes CDS protection for HSBC.

HSBC as sponsor

We are sponsor to a number of types of securitisation entities, details of which can be found in the table below.

The Group's exposure to Barion Funding Limited and Malachite Funding Limited at 31 December 2019 is not significant and limited to balances associated with the winding-up of these entities.

Further details are available in Note 20 of the Financial Statements in the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 
Solitaire  Asset-backed commercial paper ('ABCP')    P  P  Look through 
            conduit to which a first-loss letter            to risk weights 
            of credit and transaction-specific              of underlying 
            liquidity facilities are provided               assets 
Regency    Multi-seller conduit to which senior      P  O  Exposures (including 
            liquidity facilities and programme-wide         derivatives 
            credit enhancement are provided                 and liquidity 
                                                            facilities) 
                                                            are risk-weighted 
                                                            as securitisation 
                                                            positions 
 

HSBC as investor

We have exposure to third-party securitisations across a wide range of sectors in the form of investments, liquidity facilities and as a derivative counterparty. These are primarily legacy exposures.

 
 Monitoring of securitisation positions 
 

Securitisation positions are managed by a dedicated team that uses a combination of market standard systems and third-party data providers to monitor performance data and manage market and credit risks.

In the case of re-securitisation positions, similar processes are conducted in respect of the underlying securitisations.

Liquidity risk of securitised assets is consistently managed as part of the Group's liquidity and funding risk management framework.

Valuation of securitisation positions

The process of valuing our investments in securitisation exposures primarily focuses on quotations from third parties, observed trade levels and calibrated valuations from market standard models.

Our hedging and credit risk mitigation strategy, with regards to retained securitisation and re-securitisation exposures, is to continually review our positions.

 
 Securitisation accounting treatment 
 

For accounting purposes, we consolidate structured entities (including SPEs) when the substance of the relationship indicates that we control them; that is, we are exposed, or have rights, to variable returns from our involvement with the structured entity and have the ability to affect those returns through our power over the entity.

Full details of these assessments and our accounting policy on structured entities may be found in Note 1.2(a) and Note 20 on the Financial Statements respectively of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

We reassess the need to consolidate whenever there is a change in the substance of the relationship between HSBC and a structured entity.

HSBC enters into transactions in the normal course of business by which it transfers financial assets to structured entities. Depending on the circumstances, these transfers may either result in these financial assets being fully or partly derecognised, or continuing to be recognised in their entirety.

Full derecognition occurs when we transfer our contractual right to receive cash flows from the financial assets, or assume an obligation to pass on the cash flows from the assets, and transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. Only in the event that derecognition is achieved are sales and any resultant gains recognised in the financial statements.

Partial derecognition occurs when we sell or otherwise transfer financial assets in such a way that some but not substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred and control is retained. These financial assets are recognised on the balance sheet to the extent of our continuing involvement and an associated liability is also recognised. The net carrying amount of the financial asset and associated liability will be based on either the amortised cost or the fair value of the rights and obligations retained by the entity, depending upon the measurement basis of the financial asset.

Further disclosure of such transfers may be found in Note 17 on the Financial Statements of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Securitisation regulatory treatment 
 

For regulatory purposes, any reduction in RWAs that would be achieved by our own originated securitisations must receive the PRA's permission and be justified by a commensurate transfer of credit risk to third parties. If achieved, the associated SPEs and underlying assets are not consolidated but exposures to them, including derivatives or liquidity facilities, are risk-weighted as securitisation positions.

For the majority of the non-trading book securitisation positions we use the IRB approach and, within this, Ratings Based Method ('RBM') and Internal Assessment Approach ('IAA') with lesser amounts on the Supervisory Formula Method ('SFM'). We also use the standardised approach on the non-trading book positions. Securitisation positions in the trading book are overseen within Market Risk under the standardised approach.

Use of the IAA is limited to exposures arising from Regency Assets Limited related to liquidity facilities. Eligible ECAI rating methodology, which includes stress factors, is applied to each asset class in order to derive the equivalent rating level for each transaction. This methodology is verified by the internal credit function as part of the approval process for each new transaction. The performance of each underlying asset portfolio, including residential and commercial mortgages and re-securitisations, is monitored to confirm that the applicable equivalent rating level still applies and is independently verified. Our IAA approach is audited periodically by Internal Audit and reviewed by the PRA.

Further details of our securitisation regulatory treatment may be found on page 17 of this document.

 
 Analysis of securitisation exposures 
 

Our involvement in securitisation activities reflects the following:

-- securitisation positions are not backed by revolving exposures other than trade receivables in Regency Assets Limited, which is unchanged from 2018;

   --    facilities are not subject to early amortisation provisions; 
   --    $7.2bn positions held as synthetic transactions (2018: $3.2bn); 

-- no assets awaiting securitisation and no material realised losses on securitisation asset disposals during the year;

-- unrealised losses on asset-backed securities ('ABS') in the year amounted to $0.2bn (2018: $0.2bn), which relates to assets within SPEs that are consolidated for regulatory purposes; and

-- total exposures include off-balance sheet exposure of $11.1bn (2018: $10.9bn), mainly relating to contingent liquidity lines provided to securitisation vehicles where we act as sponsor, with a small amount from derivative exposures where we are an investor. The off-balance sheet exposures are held in the non-trading book and the exposure types are residential mortgages, commercial mortgages, trade receivables and re-securitisations.

Further details of our securitisation exposures may be found on page 287 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Table 55: Securitisation exposure - movement in the year 
                                                              Movement in year 
                                       Total at                                                Total at 
                                          1 Jan    As originator    As sponsor  As investor      31 Dec 
                                            $bn              $bn           $bn          $bn         $bn 
Aggregate amount of securitisation 
 exposures 
Residential mortgages                       9.2            -          (0.6)             1.1       9.7 
Commercial mortgages                        2.3            -             -              0.6       2.9 
                                       --------  -----------      --------      -----------  -------- 
Credit Cards                                1.4            -          (0.7)             0.9       1.6 
                                       --------  -----------      --------      -----------  -------- 
Leasing                                     6.0            -          (1.3)             1.2       5.9 
                                       --------                                              -------- 
Loans to corporates or SMEs                 3.3          4.0             -                -       7.3 
                                                 -----------                    ----------- 
Consumer loans                              6.8            -          (0.5)             0.8       7.1 
Trade receivables                           5.4         (0.4)         (0.8)             0.7       4.9 
Other assets                                0.5            -             -              0.3       0.8 
                                       --------  -----------      --------      -----------  -------- 
Re-securitisations                          0.4            -          (0.4)               -         - 
                                       --------  -----------      --------      -----------  -------- 
2019                                       35.3          3.6          (4.3)             5.6      40.2 
                                       --------  -----------      --------      -----------  -------- 
 
 
 Table 56: Securitisation - asset values and impairments 
                                                    2019                                    2018 
                                                                                Underlying 
                                    Underlying assets(1)                         assets(1) 
                                                 Impaired  Securitisation              Impaired    Securitisation 
                                                 and past       exposures              and past         exposures 
                                      Total(3)        due      impairment   Total(3)        due        impairment 
                       Footnotes           $bn        $bn             $bn        $bn        $bn               $bn 
                     ------------  -----------  ---------  --------------  --------- 
As originator                             10.7          -               -        5.4          -               - 
- loans to 
 corporates and 
 SMEs                                     10.7          -               -        5.0          -               - 
                     ------------ 
- trade receivables                          -          -               -        0.4          -               - 
- 
 re-securitisations        2                 -          -               -          -          -               - 
                                                --------- 
As sponsor                                15.6        0.2               -       19.9          -               - 
- residential 
 mortgages                                 3.7          -               -        4.3          -               - 
- commercial 
 mortgages                                 0.1          -               -        0.1          -               - 
- credit cards                               -          -               -        0.7          -               - 
                     ------------ 
- leasing                                  4.3          -               -        5.6          -               - 
                     ------------ 
- loans to 
corporates and 
SMEs                                         -          -               -          -          -               - 
                     ------------ 
- consumer loans                           3.1        0.2               -        3.6          -               - 
                     ------------ 
- trade receivables                        4.2          -               -        5.0          -               - 
- 
 re-securitisations        2                 -          -               -        0.4          -               - 
                     ------------ 
- other assets                             0.2          -               -        0.2          -               - 
                     ------------               --------- 
At 31 Dec                                 26.3        0.2               -       25.3          -               - 
                     ------------               --------- 
 

1 Securitisation exposures may exceed the underlying asset values when HSBC provides liquidity facilities while also acting as derivative counterparty and a note holder in the SPE.

2 The amount of underlying assets reported for re-securitisations denotes the value of collateral within the re-securitisation vehicles.

3 As originator and sponsor, all associated underlying assets are held in the non-trading book. These assets are all underlying to traditional securitisations with the exception of 'loans to corporates and SMEs', which is underlying to a synthetic securitisation.

 
 Table 57: Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book (SEC1) 
                                            Bank acts as originator                     Bank acts as sponsor                       Bank acts as investor 
                                      Traditional    Synthetic    Sub-total      Traditional    Synthetic    Sub-total      Traditional    Synthetic    Sub-total 
                                              $bn          $bn          $bn              $bn          $bn          $bn              $bn          $bn          $bn 
----                                                            -----------                   ----------- 
 1    Retail (total)                          -            -            -             11.0            -         11.0             10.0            -         10.0 
---- 
 
 2      *    residential mortgage             -            -            -              3.7            -          3.7              4.5            -          4.5 
 
 3      *    credit card                      -            -            -                -            -            -              1.5            -          1.5 
 
 4     *    other retail exposures            -            -            -              7.3            -          7.3              4.0            -          4.0 
 
 5      *    re-securitisation                -            -            -                -            -            -                -            -            - 
 
 6    Wholesale (total)                       -          7.2          7.2              4.6            -          4.6              3.7            -          3.7 
---- 
 
 7      *    loans to corporates              -          7.2          7.2                -            -            -              0.1            -          0.1 
 
 8      *    commercial mortgage              -            -            -              0.1            -          0.1              1.9            -          1.9 
 
 9      *    lease and receivables            -            -            -              4.3            -          4.3              1.6            -          1.6 
 
 10     *    other wholesale                  -            -            -              0.2            -          0.2              0.1            -          0.1 
 
 11     *    re-securitisation                -            -            -                -            -            -                -            -            - 
 
      Total at 31 Dec 2019                    -          7.2          7.2             15.6            -         15.6             13.7            -         13.7 
---- 
 
        *    of which: 
      securitisations 
       under the new framework                -          5.2          5.2              7.2            -          7.2              7.3            -          7.3 
---- 
      securitisations 
       under the pre-existing 
       framework                              -          2.0          2.0              8.4            -          8.4              6.4            -          6.4 
---- 
 
 1    Retail (total)                        0.4            -          0.4             13.6            -         13.6              6.8            -          6.8 
---- 
 
 2      *    residential mortgage             -            -            -              4.3            -          4.3              3.8            -          3.8 
 
 3      *    credit card                      -            -            -              0.7            -          0.7              0.5            -          0.5 
 
 4     *    other retail exposures          0.4            -          0.4              8.6            -          8.6              2.5            -          2.5 
 
 5      *    re-securitisation                -            -            -                -            -            -                -            -            - 
 6    Wholesale (total)                       -          3.2          3.2              6.3            -          6.3              2.1            -          2.1 
---- 
 
 7      *    loans to corporates              -          3.2          3.2                -            -            -              0.1            -          0.1 
 
 8      *    commercial mortgage              -            -            -              0.1            -          0.1              1.5            -          1.5 
 
 9      *    lease and receivables            -            -            -              5.6            -          5.6              0.4            -          0.4 
 
 10     *    other wholesale                  -            -            -              0.2            -          0.2              0.1            -          0.1 
 
 11     *    re-securitisation                -            -            -              0.4            -          0.4                -            -            - 
---- 
      Total at 31 Dec 2018                  0.4          3.2          3.6             19.9            -         19.9              8.9            -          8.9 
---- 
 
 
 Table 58: Securitisation exposures in the trading book (SEC2) 
                                                                            At 
                                                  31 Dec 2019                               31 Dec 2018 
                                            Bank acts as investor(1)                  Bank acts as investor(1) 
                                       Traditional    Synthetic    Sub-total     Traditional    Synthetic    Sub-total 
                                               $bn          $bn          $bn             $bn          $bn          $bn 
 1    Retail (total)                         2.3            -          2.3             2.0            -          2.0 
---- 
 
 2      *    residential mortgage            1.5            -          1.5             1.1            -          1.1 
 
 3      *    credit card                     0.1            -          0.1             0.2            -          0.2 
 
 4     *    other retail exposures           0.7            -          0.7             0.7            -          0.7 
 
 6    Wholesale (total)                      1.4            -          1.4             0.9            -          0.9 
---- 
 
 7      *    loans to corporates               -            -            -               -            -            - 
 
 8      *    commercial mortgage             0.9            -          0.9             0.7            -          0.7 
 
 9      *    lease and receivables             -            -            -               -            -            - 
 
 10     *    other wholesale                 0.5            -          0.5             0.2            -          0.2 
 
      Total (all portfolios)                 3.7            -          3.7             2.9            -          2.9 
---- 
 
        *    of which: 
      securitisations under the 
      new framework                          3.0            -          3.0               N/A          N/A          N/A 
---- 
      securitisations under the 
      pre-existing 
      framework                              0.7            -          0.7             2.9            -          2.9 
---- 
 
   1   HSBC does not act as originator or sponsor for securitisation exposures in the trading book. 

The following tables present the Group's exposure in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements where the Group acts as originator or as sponsor. Table 59.i presents the Group's exposures under the pre-existing securitisation framework, whereas Table 59.ii presents the exposures the Group has taken on since 1 January 2019 under the new securitisation framework.

 
Table 59.i: Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book and associated 
 capital requirements - bank acting as originator or sponsor (under 
 the pre-existing framework) (SEC3) 
                                        Exposure values (by risk                            Exposure values (by 
                                              weight bands)                                 regulatory approach) 
                                                                                            IRB 
                                         >20%        >50%       >100%                       RBM 
                             <=20%     to 50%     to 100%   to 1,250%    1,250%      (including     IRB 
                                RW         RW          RW          RW        RW            IAA)     SFA      SA    1,250% 
                               $bn        $bn         $bn         $bn       $bn             $bn     $bn     $bn       $bn 
                          --------  ---------  ----------  ----------  --------    ------------  ------  ------  -------- 
       Traditional 
 2     securitisation        7.4        0.5         0.5           -         -             7.6       -     0.8         - 
----- 
 3     Securitisation        7.4        0.5         0.5           -         -             7.6       -     0.8         - 
 
       - retail 
 4     underlying            5.4        0.5         0.4           -         -             5.5       -     0.8         - 
 5     - wholesale           2.0          -         0.1           -         -             2.1       -       -         - 
 6     Re-securitisation       -          -           -           -         -               -       -       -         - 
----- 
 7     - senior                -          -           -           -         -               -       -       -         - 
 8     - non-senior            -          -           -           -         -               -       -       -         - 
       Synthetic 
 9     securitisation        1.7          -         0.3           -         -             2.0       -       -         - 
----- 
 10    Securitisation        1.7          -         0.3           -         -             2.0       -       -         - 
       - retail 
 11    underlying              -          -           -           -         -               -       -       -         - 
 12    - wholesale           1.7          -         0.3           -         -             2.0       -       -         - 
 
       Total at 31 Dec 
 1     2019                  9.1        0.5         0.8           -         -             9.6       -     0.8         - 
----- 
 
       Traditional 
 2     securitisation       19.0        0.2         0.8         0.2       0.1            19.5       -     0.7       0.1 
----- 
 3     Securitisation       19.0          -         0.8         0.1         -            19.2       -     0.7         - 
       - retail 
 4     underlying           13.2          -         0.7         0.1         -            13.3       -     0.7         - 
 5     - wholesale           5.8          -         0.1           -         -             5.9       -       -         - 
 6     Re-securitisation       -        0.2           -         0.1       0.1             0.3       -       -       0.1 
----- 
 7     - senior                -          -           -           -         -               -       -       -         - 
 8     - non-senior            -        0.2           -         0.1       0.1             0.3       -       -       0.1 
       Synthetic 
 9     securitisation        2.9          -           -         0.3         -             3.2       -       -         - 
----- 
 10    Securitisation        2.9          -           -         0.3         -             3.2       -       -         - 
       - retail 
 11    underlying              -          -           -           -         -               -       -       -         - 
 12    - wholesale           2.9          -           -         0.3         -             3.2       -       -         - 
       Total at 31 Dec 
 1     2018                 21.9        0.2         0.8         0.5       0.1            22.7       -     0.7       0.1 
----- 
 
 
Table 59.i: Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book and associated 
 capital requirements - bank acting as originator or sponsor (under 
 the pre-existing framework) (SEC3) (continued) 
                                             RWAs (by regulatory                        Capital charge after 
                                                   approach)                                     cap 
                                             IRB                                         IRB 
                                             RBM                                         RBM 
                                      (including     IRB                          (including     IRB 
                                            IAA)     SFA       SA    1,250%             IAA)     SFA      SA    1,250% 
                                             $bn     $bn      $bn       $bn              $bn     $bn     $bn       $bn 
2     Traditional securitisation           1.0       -      0.6         -              0.1       -       -         - 
 
3     Securitisation                       1.0       -      0.6         -              0.1       -       -         - 
 
4     - retail underlying                  0.6       -      0.6         -              0.1       -       -         - 
5     - wholesale                          0.4       -        -         -                -       -       -         - 
6     Re-securitisation                      -       -        -         -                -       -       -         - 
 
7     - senior                               -       -        -         -                -       -       -         - 
8     - non-senior                           -       -        -         -                -       -       -         - 
9     Synthetic securitisation             0.4       -        -       0.1                -       -       -         - 
 
10    Securitisation                       0.4       -        -       0.1                -       -       -         - 
11    - retail underlying                    -       -        -         -                -       -       -         - 
12    - wholesale                          0.4       -        -       0.1                -       -       -         - 
 
1     Total at 31 Dec 2019                 1.4       -      0.6       0.1              0.1       -       -         - 
 
 
2     Traditional securitisation           2.5       -      0.7       1.4              0.2       -     0.1       0.1 
3     Securitisation                       2.0       -      0.7       0.6              0.2       -     0.1         - 
4     - retail underlying                  1.5       -      0.7       0.5              0.2       -     0.1         - 
5     - wholesale                          0.5       -        -       0.1                -       -       -         - 
6     Re-securitisation                    0.5       -        -       0.8                -       -       -       0.1 
7     - senior                               -       -        -         -                -       -       -         - 
8     - non-senior                         0.5       -        -       0.8                -       -       -       0.1 
9     Synthetic securitisation             0.8       -        -       0.2              0.1       -       -         - 
10    Securitisation                       0.8       -        -       0.2              0.1       -       -         - 
11    - retail underlying                    -       -        -         -                -       -       -         - 
12    - wholesale                          0.8       -        -       0.2              0.1       -       -         - 
1     Total at 31 Dec 2018                 3.3       -      0.7       1.6              0.3       -     0.1       0.1 
 

The reduction in RWA is mainly due to the disposal of non-senior, resecuritisation exposure in the legacy book and renewal of pre-existing positions moving to the new securitisation framework.

 
Table 59.ii: Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book and associated 
 capital requirements - bank acting as originator or sponsor (under 
 the new framework) (SEC3) 
                                  Exposure values (by risk                          Exposure values (by regulatory 
                                        weight bands)                                          approach) 
                                                      >100% 
                                    >20%     >50%        to 
                         <=20%    to 50%  to 100%    1,250%    1,250%                                 SEC 
                            RW        RW       RW        RW        RW      SEC-IRBA    SEC-ERBA       IAA    SEC-SA    1,250% 
                           $bn       $bn      $bn       $bn       $bn           $bn         $bn       $bn       $bn       $bn 
                       -------            -------  --------  --------    ----------  ----------  --------  --------  -------- 
       Traditional 
 2     securitisation    4.0       2.9      0.2       0.1         -             -           -       7.1       0.1         - 
----- 
 3     Securitisation    4.0       2.9      0.2       0.1         -             -           -       7.1       0.1         - 
 
       - retail 
 4     underlying        1.8       2.6      0.2       0.1         -             -           -       4.6       0.1         - 
 5     - wholesale       2.2       0.3        -         -         -             -           -       2.5         -         - 
       Synthetic 
 9     securitisation    5.2         -        -         -         -           5.2           -         -         -         - 
----- 
 10    Securitisation    5.2         -        -         -         -           5.2           -         -         -         - 
----- 
       - retail 
 11    underlying          -         -        -         -         -             -           -         -         -         - 
 12    - wholesale       5.2         -        -         -         -           5.2           -         -         -         - 
       Total at 31 
       Dec 
 1     2019              9.2       2.9      0.2       0.1         -           5.2           -       7.1       0.1         - 
----- 
 
 
                                RWAs (by regulatory approach)                              Capital charge after cap 
                                                  SEC                                                     SEC 
                       SEC-IRBA    SEC-ERBA       IAA    SEC-SA    1,250%      SEC-IRBA    SEC-ERBA       IAA    SEC-SA    1,250% 
                            $bn         $bn       $bn       $bn       $bn           $bn         $bn       $bn       $bn       $bn 
     Traditional 
 2   securitisation         -           -       1.7         -         -             -           -       0.1         -         - 
--- 
 3   Securitisation         -           -       1.7         -         -             -           -       0.1         -         - 
 
     - retail 
 4   underlying             -           -       1.2         -         -             -           -       0.1         -         - 
 5   - wholesale            -           -       0.5         -         -             -           -         -         -         - 
     Synthetic 
 9   securitisation       0.9           -         -         -       0.4           0.1           -         -         -         - 
--- 
 10  Securitisation       0.9           -         -         -       0.4           0.1           -         -         -         - 
     - retail 
 11  underlying             -           -         -         -         -             -           -         -         -         - 
 12  - wholesale          0.9           -         -         -       0.4           0.1           -         -         -         - 
     Total at 31 
     Dec 
 1   2019                 0.9           -       1.7         -       0.4           0.1           -       0.1         -         - 
--- 
 

The following tables present the Group's exposure in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements where the Group acts as an investor. Table 60.i presents the

Group's exposures under the pre-existing securitisation framework, whereas table 60.ii presents the exposures the Group has taken on since 1 January 2019 under the new securitisation framework.

 
Table 60.i: Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book and associated 
 capital requirements - bank acting as investor (under the pre-existing 
 framework) (SEC4) 
                                     Exposure values (by risk                             Exposure values (by 
                                           weight bands)                                  regulatory approach) 
                                                                                          IRB 
                                      >20%        >50%        >100%                       RBM 
                          <=20%     to 50%     to 100%    to 1,250%    1,250%      (including     IRB 
                             RW         RW          RW           RW        RW            IAA)     SFA      SA    1,250% 
                            $bn        $bn         $bn          $bn       $bn             $bn     $bn     $bn       $bn 
                      ---------  ---------  ----------               --------    ------------  ------          -------- 
      Traditional 
2     securitisation      5.2        0.6         0.6            -         -             5.4       -     1.0         - 
 
3     Securitisation      5.2        0.6         0.6            -         -             5.4       -     1.0         - 
 
      - retail 
 4    underlying          3.1        0.6         0.6            -         -             3.3       -     1.0         - 
 5    - wholesale         2.1          -           -            -         -             2.1       -       -         - 
 
      Total at 31 
1     Dec 2019            5.2        0.6         0.6            -         -             5.4       -     1.0         - 
 
 
      Traditional 
 2    securitisation      7.0        0.6         1.3            -         -             6.9       -     2.0         - 
---- 
3     Securitisation      7.0        0.6         1.3            -         -             6.9       -     2.0         - 
      - retail 
 4    underlying          5.0        0.6         1.2            -         -             4.8       -     2.0         - 
 5    - wholesale         2.0          -         0.1            -         -             2.1       -       -         - 
      Total at 31 
1     Dec 2018            7.0        0.6         1.3            -         -             6.9       -     2.0         - 
 
 
                                          RWAs (by regulatory                        Capital charge after 
                                               approach)                                      cap 
                                           IRB                                          IRB 
                                           RBM                                          RBM 
                                    (including     IRB                           (including     IRB 
                                          IAA)     SFA     SA    1,250%                IAA)     SFA     SA    1,250% 
                                           $bn     $bn    $bn       $bn                 $bn     $bn    $bn       $bn 
                                --------------  ------  -----  --------    ----------------  ------  -----  -------- 
2   Traditional securitisation           0.7       -    0.7       0.2                 0.1       -    0.1         - 
 
3   Securitisation                       0.7       -    0.7       0.2                 0.1       -    0.1         - 
 
 4  - retail underlying                  0.3       -    0.7       0.2                   -       -    0.1         - 
5   - wholesale                          0.4       -      -         -                 0.1       -      -         - 
 
 1  Total at 31 Dec 2019                 0.7       -    0.7       0.2                 0.1       -    0.1         - 
 
 
 2  Traditional securitisation           0.9       -    1.5       0.4                 0.1       -    0.1         - 
 3  Securitisation                       0.9       -    1.5       0.4                 0.1       -    0.1         - 
 4  - retail underlying                  0.5       -    1.5       0.3                   -       -    0.1         - 
5   - wholesale                          0.4       -      -       0.1                 0.1       -      -         - 
 1  Total at 31 Dec 2018                 0.9       -    1.5       0.4                 0.1       -    0.1         - 
 
 
 
Table 60.ii: Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book and associated 
 capital requirements - bank acting as investor (under the new framework) 
 (SEC4) 
                                  Exposure values (by risk                          Exposure values (by regulatory 
                                        weight bands)                                          approach) 
                                                       >100% 
                                    >20%      >50%        to 
                         <=20%    to 50%   to 100%    1,250%    1,250%                               SEC 
                            RW        RW        RW        RW        RW      SEC-IRBA    SEC-ERBA     IAA    SEC-SA    1,250% 
                           $bn       $bn       $bn       $bn       $bn           $bn         $bn     $bn       $bn       $bn 
                      --------            --------  --------  --------    ----------  ----------  ------  --------  -------- 
      Traditional 
2     securitisation     6.1       0.7       0.4       0.1         -             -         1.7       -       5.6         - 
 3    Securitisation     6.1       0.7       0.4       0.1         -             -         1.7       -       5.6         - 
 
      - retail 
 4    underlying         4.6       0.7       0.2       0.1         -             -         1.4       -       4.2         - 
 5    - wholesale        1.5         -       0.2         -         -             -         0.3       -       1.4         - 
      Total at 31 
      Dec 
 1    2019               6.1       0.7       0.4       0.1         -             -         1.7       -       5.6         - 
---- 
 
 
                              RWAs (by regulatory approach)                            Capital charge after cap 
                                               SEC                                                   SEC 
                      SEC-IRBA    SEC-ERBA     IAA    SEC-SA    1,250%      SEC-IRBA    SEC-ERBA     IAA    SEC-SA    1,250% 
                           $bn         $bn     $bn       $bn       $bn           $bn         $bn     $bn       $bn       $bn 
                    ----------              ------  --------  --------    ----------  ----------  ------  --------  -------- 
    Traditional 
 2  securitisation         -         0.5       -       1.1         -             -           -       -       0.1         - 
 
 3  Securitisation         -         0.5       -       1.1         -             -           -       -       0.1         - 
 
    - retail 
 4  underlying             -         0.4       -       0.9         -             -           -       -       0.1         - 
 5  - wholesale            -         0.1       -       0.2         -             -           -       -         -         - 
    Total at 31 
    Dec 
 1  2019                   -         0.5       -       1.1         -             -           -       -       0.1         - 
 
 
 
 Market risk 
 
 
 Overview of market risk in global 
  businesses 
 

Market risk is the risk that movements in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices and commodity prices, will reduce our income or the value of our portfolios.

Exposure to market risk

Exposure to market risk is separated into two portfolio types:

-- Trading portfolios: these comprise positions held for client servicing and market-making, with the intention of short-term resale and/or to hedge risks resulting from such positions.

-- Non-trading portfolios: these comprise positions that primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, debt instruments measured at amortised cost, and exposures arising from our insurance operations.

Where appropriate, we apply similar risk management policies and measurement techniques to both trading and non-trading portfolios. Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures to optimise return on risk while maintaining a market risk profile consistent with our established risk appetite.

For a discussion on hedging risk and monitoring the continuing effectiveness of hedges, refer to page 135 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

The tables below reflect the components of capital requirement under the standardised approach, Table 61 and the internal model approach, Table 62 for market risk.

 
 Table 61: Market risk under standardised approach (MR1) 
                                                              At 31 Dec 
                                                     2019    2018             2019 
                                                   ------          --------------- 
                                                                           Capital 
                                                     RWAs    RWAs     requirements 
                                                      $bn     $bn              $bn 
                                                   ------          --------------- 
     Outright products 
 1   Interest rate risk (general and specific)      2.6     2.5              0.2 
 2   Equity risk (general and specific)             0.1     0.1                - 
 3   Foreign exchange risk                          3.7     1.4              0.3 
 4   Commodity risk                                 0.1       -                - 
     Options 
 6   Delta-plus method                              0.1     0.1                - 
 7   Scenario approach                                -       -                - 
 8   Securitisation                                 1.2     1.6              0.1 
---                                                ----            ------------- 
 9   Total                                          7.8     5.7              0.6 
---                                                ----            ------------- 
 
 
 Table 62: Market risk under IMA (MR2-A) 
                                                       2019                 2018 
                                                            Capital              Capital 
                                                  RWAs     required    RWAs     required 
                                                   $bn          $bn     $bn          $bn 
                                                ------ 
 1   VaR (higher of values a and b)              5.3          0.4     7.1          0.6 
(a)  Previous day's VaR                                       0.1                  0.1 
                                                ------ 
(b)  Average daily VaR(1)                                     0.4                  0.6 
                                                ------ 
 2   Stressed VaR (higher of values a and b)     8.0          0.7    12.1          1.0 
(a)  Latest SVaR                                              0.1                  0.2 
                                                ------ 
(b)  Average SVaR(1)                                          0.7                  1.0 
                                                ------ 
     Incremental risk charge (higher of values 
 3    a and b)                                   6.6          0.5     6.4          0.5 
(a)  Most recent IRC value                                    0.5                  0.4 
                                                ------ 
(b)  Average IRC value(1)                                     0.5                  0.5 
                                                ------ 
 5   Other                                       2.2          0.2     4.5          0.3 
---                                             ----    --------- 
 6   Total at 31 Dec                            22.1          1.8    30.1          2.4 
---                                             ----    --------- 
 

1 VaR average values are calculated on a 60 business days basis. SVaR and IRC average values are calculated on a 12-week basis.

Under the IMA approach, the decrease in VaR and SVaR is largely due to the increased diversification benefits following regulatory approval to expand the regulatory scope of consolidation and reduced exposure.

 
 Market risk governance 
 

The majority of the total VaR, stressed VaR ('SVaR') and incremental risk charge ('IRC') of HSBC and almost all trading VaR resides in GB&M. GB&M manages the Group's market risk, using risk limits approved by the GB&M CRO.

For a discussion on market risk governance refer to page 135 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

 
 Market risk measures 
 

Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures

Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures while maintaining a market risk profile consistent with our risk appetite. We use a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures including sensitivity analysis, VaR and stress testing.

Sensitivity analysis

We use sensitivity measures to monitor the market risk positions within each risk type. Granular sensitivity limits are set primarily

for trading desks with consideration of market liquidity, customer demand and capital constraints, amongst other factors.

Value at risk

Value at risk ('VaR') is a technique that estimates the potential losses on risk positions in the trading portfolio as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence. The use of VaR is integrated into market risk management and is calculated for all trading positions regardless of how we capitalise those exposures.

In addition, we use VaR for non-trading portfolios. Our models are predominantly based on historical simulation. VaR is calculated at a 99% confidence level for a one-day holding period, although a long period is additionally used for non-trading positions.

Our VaR models use historical series of market rates and prices, implicitly taking into account inter-relationships between different markets and rates such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates.

The primary categories of risk factors driving market risk are summarised below:

 
 
           Risk arising from changes 
Foreign     in foreign exchange rates 
 exchange   and volatilities. 
           Risk arising from changes 
            in the level of interest 
            rates that may impact prices 
            of interest rate sensitive 
Interest    assets such as interest 
 rate       rate swaps. 
           Risk arising from changes 
            in equity prices, volatilities 
Equity      and dividend yields. 
           Risk arising from changes 
Commodity   in commodity prices. 
 

Our models use a mixed approach when applying changes in market rates and prices:

-- For equity, credit and foreign exchange risk factors, VaR scenarios are calculated on a relative return basis.

-- For interest rates, a mixed approach is used. The scenarios applied to volatilities are on a relative return basis, whereas the scenarios applied to interest rate curves are calculated using a hybrid of absolute and relative returns. This approach enables the VaR to smoothly adapt to either low or high interest rate environments.

We use the past two years as the historical data set in our VaR models and the scenarios are updated on a fortnightly basis. These scenarios are then applied to the market baselines and positions on a daily basis. The models incorporate the effect of option features on the underlying exposures.The valuation approach used in our models varies:

   --    non-linear instruments use a full revaluation approach; and 
   --    linear instruments, such as bonds and swaps, use a sensitivity-based approach. 

The nature of the VaR models means that an increase in observed market volatility will lead to an increase in VaR even without any changes in the underlying positions.

VaR model limitations

Although a valuable guide to risk, VaR is used with awareness of its limitations, for example:

 
--  The use of historical data as a 
     proxy for estimating future events 
     may not encompass all potential 
     events, particularly those which 
     are extreme in nature. 
--  The use of a 1-day holding period 
     for risk management purposes of 
     trading and non-trading books assumes 
     that this short period is sufficient 
     to hedge or liquidate all positions. 
--  The use of a 99% confidence level 
     by definition does not take into 
     account losses that might occur 
     beyond this level of confidence. 
--  VaR is calculated on the basis 
     of exposures outstanding at close 
     of business and therefore does 
     not necessarily reflect intra-day 
     exposures. 
 

Risk not in VaR framework

The risks not in VaR ('RNIV') framework captures risks from exposures in the HSBC trading book that are not captured well by the VaR model. Our VaR model is designed to capture significant basis risk such as CDS versus bond, asset swap spreads and cross-currency basis. Other basis risks that are not completely covered in VaR, such as CCP swap basis risks, are complemented by our RNIV calculations and are integrated into our capital framework.

Risk factors are reviewed on a regular basis and are either incorporated directly in the VaR models, where possible, or quantified through the VaR-based RNIV approach or a stress test approach within the RNIV framework. While VaR-based RNIVs are calculated by using historical scenarios, stress-type RNIVs are estimated on the basis of stress scenarios whose severity is calibrated to be in line with the capital adequacy requirements. The outcome of the VaR-based RNIV approach is included in the overall VaR calculation but excluded from the VaR measures used for regulatory back-testing. In addition, stressed VaR also captures risk factors considered in the VaR-based RNIV approach through a corresponding stressed VaR RNIV.

Stress-type RNIVs include a gap risk exposure measure to capture risk on non-recourse margin loans and a de-peg risk measure to capture risk to pegged and heavily managed currencies.

Back-testing

We validate daily the accuracy of our VaR models by back-testing them against both actual and hypothetical profit and loss. Hypothetical profit and loss excludes non-modelled items such as fees, commissions and revenues of intra-day transactions.

The actual number of profits or losses in excess of VaR over this period can therefore be used to gauge how well the models are performing. We consider enhanced internal monitoring of a VaR model if more than five profit exceptions or more than five loss exceptions occur in a 250-day period.

We back-test our VaR at various levels of our Group entity hierarchy. Back-testing using the regulatory hierarchy includes entities which have approval to use VaR in the calculation of market risk regulatory capital requirement.

HSBC submits separate back-testing results to regulators, including the PRA and the European Central Bank, based on applicable frequencies ranging from two business days after an exception occurs, to quarterly submissions.

In terms of the CRD IV rules, VaR back-testing loss, and not profit, exceptions count towards the multiplier determined by the PRA for the purposes of the capital requirement calculation for market risk. The multiplier is increased if there are five or more loss exceptions in a 250-day period.

The following graphs show a one-year history for VaR back-testing exceptions against both actual and hypothetical profit and loss.

In 2019, the Group experienced six profit back-testing exceptions and one loss back-testing exception against actual profit and loss. Some of these exceptions were driven by profits spread across a large number of desks or arose from new trades, which are outside trading VaR scope. The above exceptions comprised:

-- a profit exception in early January, driven by gains across most asset classes, as interest rates rose and equity markets rebounded;

-- a profit exception in late January, due mainly to gains from new transactions in the Rates business and lower equity volatilities;

-- a profit exception in March, driven by increased volatility in some emerging markets currencies and interest rates;

-- a loss exception in March, attributable to month-end valuation adjustments driven by portfolio and spread changes;

-- two profit exceptions in early May, arising from new transactions and a number of relatively small gains spread across all asset classes; and

-- a profit exception in December, due to gains from multiple desks and spread across all asset classes.

The Group also experienced one profit back-testing exception and one loss back-testing exception against hypothetical profit and loss;

-- a loss exception in November 2019 driven primarily by the impact of the widening of the credit spread on a high-yield bond holding; and

-- a profit exception in December, due to gains from multiple desks and spread across all asset classes.

 
 Comparison of VaR estimates with gains/losses 
VaR back-testing exceptions against actual profit and loss ($m) 
 
 
 
  Actual profit         w  Back-testing profit 
   and loss        VaR      exception 
 
 
VaR back-testing exceptions against hypothetical profit and loss ($m) 
 

http://www.rns-pdf.londonstockexchange.com/rns/2814D_1-2020-2-17.pdf

 
 
  Hypothetical profit         w  Back-testing profit 
   and loss              VaR      exception 
 

Stress testing

Stress testing is an integral part of our market risk management framework to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, although plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables. In such scenarios, losses can be greater than those predicted by VaR modelling.

Stress testing is implemented at legal entity, regional and overall Group levels. A set of scenarios is used consistently across all regions within the Group. The risk appetite around potential stress losses for the Group is set and monitored against referral limits.

Market risk reverse stress tests are designed to identify vulnerabilities in our portfolios by looking for scenarios that lead to loss levels considered severe for the relevant portfolio. These scenarios may be quite local or idiosyncratic in nature, and complement the systematic top-down stress testing.

Stressed VaR and stress testing, together with reverse stress testing and the management of gap risk, provide senior

management with insights regarding the 'tail risk' beyond VaR, for which HSBC's appetite is limited.

The market risk stress testing incorporates the historical and hypothetical events.

During 2019, we ran stress scenarios for specific geopolitical and economic events including several Brexit scenarios, Global Trade war, and the UK elections in Q2 and Q4. We are also actively monitoring our portfolio in Hong Kong and we have performed internal stress tests and scenario analysis. These new scenarios were run in addition to existing scenarios that capture potential events of concern.

 
 Market risk capital models 
 

HSBC has permission to use a number of market risk capital models to calculate regulatory capital as listed in the table below. For regulatory purposes, the trading book comprises all positions in financial instruments and commodities held with trading intent and positions where it can be demonstrated that they hedge positions in the trading book. Trading book positions must either be free of any restrictive covenants on their tradability or be capable of being hedged.

A financial instrument is defined as any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset to one party and a financial liability or equity instrument to another party.

HSBC maintains a trading book policy, which defines the minimum requirements for trading book positions and the process for classifying positions as trading or non-trading book. Positions in the trading book are subject to market risk-based rules, i.e. market risk capital, calculated using regulatory approved models. Where we do not have permission to use internal models, market risk capital is calculated using the standardised approach.

If any of the policy criteria are not met, then the position is categorised as a non-trading book exposure.

 
 
VaR         99   %  10 day  Uses most recent two years' history of daily returns 
                             to determine a loss distribution. The result is scaled, 
                             using the square root of 10, to provide an equivalent 
                             10-day loss. 
Stressed    99   %  10 day  Stressed VaR is calibrated to a one-year period of 
 VaR                         stress observed in history. 
IRC       99.9   %  1 year  Uses a multi-factor Gaussian Monte-Carlo simulation, 
                             which includes product basis, concentration, hedge 
                             mismatch, recovery rate and liquidity as part of the 
                             simulation process. A minimum liquidity horizon of 
                             three months is applied and is based on a combination 
                             of factors, including issuer type, currency and size 
                             of exposure. 
 

Non-proprietary details of these models are available in the Financial Services Register on the PRA website.

 
Table 63: IMA values for trading 
 portfolios(1) (MR3) 
                            At 31 Dec 
                             2019     2018 
                               $m       $m 
---- 
VaR (10 day 99%) 
 1    Maximum value       185.2    210.0 
 2    Average value       149.3    182.9 
 3    Minimum value       116.8    160.3 
 4    Period end          128.0    193.2 
---- 
Stressed VaR (10 
 day 99%) 
 5    Maximum value       222.8    408.5 
 6    Average value       172.3    256.8 
 7    Minimum value       133.1    194.9 
 8    Period end          222.8    408.5 
---- 
Incremental risk 
 charge (99.9%) 
 9    Maximum value     1,076.9    743.7 
 10   Average value       706.2    603.9 
 11   Minimum value       448.9    424.9 
 12   Period end          465.8    492.7 
---- 
 

1 Comparatives as at 31 December 2018 for averages, maximums and minimums were restated in compliance with EBA

guidance.              Maximum, average and minimum values are calculated on a six-month basis. 

VaR

VaR used for regulatory purposes differs from VaR used for management purposes with key differences listed below.

 
 
                         Broader population 
             Regulatory      of trading and 
               approval    non-trading book 
Scope             (PRA)           positions 
Confidence 
 interval           99%                 99% 
Liquidity 
 horizon         10 day               1 day 
                 Past 2 
Data set          years        Past 2 years 
 

The trading books that received approval from the regulator to be covered via an internal model are used to calculate VaR for regulatory purposes. Overall regulatory VaR also includes VaR-based RNIVs. Regulatory VaR levels contribute to the calculation of market risk RWAs.

The regulatory VaR table is calculated on consolidated positions according to the regulatory permissions received, plus aggregated sites. This differs from the daily VaR reported in the Annual Report and Accounts 2019, which shows a fully diversified view used for internal risk management.

Trading VaR used for regulatory capital purposes decreased in 2019 primarily due to lower contributions from:

   --    exposures to credit spread and interest rate risks; 
   --    equity correlation and interest rate volatility risks captured in the RNIV framework. 

Stressed VaR

Stressed VaR is primarily used for regulatory capital purposes and is integrated into the risk management process to ensure prudent capital management. Stressed VaR complements other risk measures by providing the potential losses under stressed market conditions.

Stressed VaR modelling follows the same approach as our VaR risk measure except that:

-- potential market movements employed for stressed VaR calculations are based on a continuous one-year period of stress for the trading portfolio;

-- the choice of period is based on the assessment at the Group level of the most volatile period in recent history. This is assessed quarterly and changed during 2019 as follows:

   --    to (March 2010 to February 2011) in March 2019; 
   --    to (December 2010 to November 2011) in June 2019; 
   --    to (July 2007 to July 2008) in September 2019; and 
   --    to (April 2016 to March 2017) in December 2019; 
   --    it is calculated to a 99% confidence using a 10-day holding period; and 

-- it is based on an actual 10-day holding period, whereas regulatory VaR is based on a one-day holding period scaled to 10 days.

The decrease in stressed VaR during 2019 was spread across all asset classes, including lower contributions from the foreign exchange options trading, flow fixed income activity and the equity prime finance business.

This information is provided by RNS, the news service of the London Stock Exchange. RNS is approved by the Financial Conduct Authority to act as a Primary Information Provider in the United Kingdom. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution of this information may apply. For further information, please contact rns@lseg.com or visit www.rns.com.

END

FR KZGMZFNFGGZZ

(END) Dow Jones Newswires

February 18, 2020 02:00 ET (07:00 GMT)

Hsbc (LSE:HSBA)
Historical Stock Chart
From Jun 2024 to Jul 2024 Click Here for more Hsbc Charts.
Hsbc (LSE:HSBA)
Historical Stock Chart
From Jul 2023 to Jul 2024 Click Here for more Hsbc Charts.